2011 Mauka Area Rules – HAR Ch. 15-217

us-hi-regs-official-b512eabd87a07935b664f7914bcd5897ce497e3388498d15d121ea4269c703be2011 Mauka Area Rules – HAR Ch. 15-217Regulation

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS, 	ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAND
TOURISM
Repeal 	of 	Chapter 	15-22 	and 	Adoption 	of 	Chapter 	15-217
Hawaii 	Administrative 	Rules
September 	14, 	2011
SUMMARY
Chapter 	22 	of 	Title 	15, 	Hawaii 	Administrative
Rules, 	entitled 	"the 	Kakaako 	Community 	Development
District 	Rules 	for 	the 	Mauka 	Area" 	is 	repealed.
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 1

Complete printed PDF page 2
HAWAII ADMINISTRATIVE 	RULES
TITLE 	15
DEPARTMENTOF BUSINESS, 	ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
SUBTITLE 	4
HAWAII COMMUNITYDEVELOPMENTAUTHORITY
CHAPTER 22
THE MAUKAAREA RULES
Repealed
§§15-22-1 	to 	15-22-280 	Repealed. 	NOV 1 1 2011
22-1
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 3

Complete printed PDF page 4
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS, 	ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAND
TOURISM
Repeal 	of 	Chapter 	15-22 	and 	Adoption 	of 	Chapter 	15-217
Hawaii 	Administrative 	Rules
September 	14, 	2011
SUMMARY
Chapter 	217 	of 	Title 	15, 	Hawaii 	Administrative
Rules, 	entitled 	"Mauka 	Area 	Rules" 	is 	adopted.
2976
Complete printed PDF page 5

Complete printed PDF page 6
HAWAII ADMINISTRATIVE 	RULES
TITLE 	15
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS 	AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
SUBTITLE 	4
HAWAII COMMUNITYDEVELOPMENTAUTHORITY
CHAPTER 217
MAUKAAREA RULES
Subchapter 	1 	Purpose 	and 	Applicability
§15-217-1 	Title
§15-217-2 	Purpose
§15-217-3 	Applicability
§15-217-4 	Minimum 	requirements
§15-217-5 	Rules 	of 	interpretation
§15-217-6 	Compliance 	with 	other 	regulations
§15-217-7 	Severability
§15-217-8 	Definition 	of 	terms
§§15-217-9 	to 	15-217-20 	(Reserved)
Subchapter 	2 	Regulating 	Plan 	and 	Neighborhood
Zones
§15-217-21 	Purpose
§15-217-22 	Regulating 	plan
§15-217-23 	Neighborhood 	zones
§15-217-24 	Building 	types
§15-217-25 	Frontage 	types
§15-217-26 	Land 	uses
§15-217-27 	Parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan
§§15-217-28 	to 	15-217-37 	(Reserved)
217-1
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 7
Subchapter 	3 	Thoroughfare 	Plan 	and 	Standards
§15-217-38 	Purpose
§15-217-39 	Thoroughfare 	plan 	and 	standards
§§15-217-40 	to 	15-217-50 	(Reserved)
Subchapter 	4 	Area-Wide 	Standards
§15-217-51 	Purpose
§15-217-52 	Applicability
§15-217-53 	Building 	placement
§15-217-54 	Building 	form
§15-217-55 	Architectural 	design
§15-217-56 	Landscape 	and 	recreation 	space
§15-217-57 	Adequate 	infrastructure
§15-217-58 	Large 	lots
§15-217-59 	Green 	building
§15-217-60 	Encroaching 	elements
§15-217-61 	Flood 	zone
§15-217-62 	Historical 	and 	cultural 	sites
§15-217-63 	Parking 	and 	loading
§15-217-64 	Conditional 	use 	of 	vacant 	land
§15-217-65 	Public 	facilities 	dedication 	fee
§§15-217-66 	to 	15-217-78 	(Reserved)
Subchapter 	5 	Procedures
§15-217-79 	Rules 	clearance
§15-217-80 	Improvement 	and 	development 	permits
§15-217-81 	Conditional 	use 	permit
§15-217-82 	Variances
§15-217-83 	Master 	plan
§15-217-84 	Floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer
§15-217-85 	Completeness 	review
§15-217-86 	Automatic 	approvals
§15-217-87 	Approval 	period
§15-217-88 	Appeals
§15-217-89 	Subsequent 	applications
§15-217-90 	Minor 	changes
§15-217-91 	Nonconformities
217-2
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 8
§15-217-2
§15-217-92 	Violations 	and 	enforcement
§15-217-93 	Fee 	schedule
§§15-217-94 	to 	15-217-107 	(Reserved)
Historical 	note: 	Chapter 	15-217 	is 	based 	upon 	chapter
15-22. 	[Eff 	9/8/86, 	1/28/88, 	7 /28/88, 	12/10/88,
3/9/89, 	7/8/89, 	10/28/89, 	1/29/90, 	2/24/90, 	7/26/90,
9/15/90, 	10/3/94, 	12/15/94, 	8/14/95, 	11/25/96,
1/25/97, 	3/27 /97, 	6/13/97, 	8/1/97, 	9/19/97, 	8/16/99,
1/13/oo, 	9/15/01, 	6/13/05, 	R 	NOV11 2011 	l
SUBCHAPTER 1
PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
§15-217-1 	Title. 	(a) 	This 	chapter 	217 	of 	the
Hawaii 	administrative 	rules 	shall 	be 	known, 	and 	may 	be
cited, 	as 	the 	"Mauka 	Area 	Rules."
(b) 	References 	to 	"Rules" 	within 	this 	chapter
are 	references 	to 	the 	Mauka 	Area 	Rules 	unless
indicated 	otherwise. 	References 	to 	other 	regulations
or 	provisions 	relevant 	to 	the 	Hawaii 	community
development 	authority, 	where 	provided, 	are 	for 	the
convenience 	of 	the 	reader. 	The 	lack 	of 	a 	cross
reference 	does 	not 	exempt 	a 	land, 	building, 	structure,
or 	use 	from 	other 	regulations.
(c) 	The 	figures, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	attached
at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter 	and 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan,
dated 	NOV11 2011 	, 	are 	hereby 	incorporated 	by
reference 	and 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp:
HRS §§206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-2 	Purpose. 	(a) 	The 	mauka 	area 	plan
establishes 	long-term 	land 	use 	policy, 	consistent 	with
chapter 	206E, 	HRS, 	that 	directs 	the 	implementation 	of
smart 	growth 	principles 	within 	a 	portion 	of 	the
Kakaako 	community 	development 	district. 	The 	mauka
217-3
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 9
§15-217-2
area 	plan 	also 	directs 	that 	implementation 	measures
shall 	be 	calibrated 	according 	to 	the 	distinct
characteristics 	of 	seven 	neighborhoods.
(b) 	The 	rules 	carry 	out, 	through 	complete,
integrated, 	effective 	and 	concise 	land 	development
regulations, 	the 	aforementioned 	mauka 	area 	plan
directives 	by 	classifying 	and 	regulating 	the 	types 	and
intensities 	of 	development 	and 	land 	uses 	within 	the
mauka 	area 	consistent 	with, 	and 	in 	furtherance 	of, 	the
policies 	and 	objectives 	of 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	and
chapter 	206E, 	HRS.
(c) 	The 	rules 	are 	adopted 	to 	protect 	and 	promote
the 	public 	health, 	safety, 	and 	general 	welfare 	of 	the
community 	and 	to 	protect 	and 	preserve 	places 	and 	areas
of 	historical, 	cultural, 	architectural, 	or
environmental 	importance 	and 	significance, 	as 	set
forth 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	and 	chapter 	206E, 	HRS.
More 	specifically, 	the 	purposes 	of 	the 	rules 	are 	to
ensure:
( 1) 	For 	the 	community:
(A) 	That 	neighborhoods 	and 	transit-oriented
development 	is 	compact, 	pedestrian
oriented 	and 	mixed-use;
(B) 	That 	neighborhoods 	should 	be 	the
preferred 	pattern 	of 	development;
( C) 	That 	ordinary 	activities 	of 	daily
living 	occur 	within 	walking 	distance 	of
most 	dwellings, 	allowing 	independence
to 	those 	who 	do 	not 	drive;
(D) 	That 	interconnected 	networks 	of
thoroughfares 	be 	designed 	to 	disperse
traffic 	and 	reduce 	the 	length 	of
automobile 	trips;
(E) 	That 	within 	neighborhoods, 	a 	range 	of
housing 	types 	and 	price 	levels 	be
provided 	to 	accommodate 	diverse 	ages
and 	incomes;
( F) 	That 	reserved 	housing 	should 	be
distributed 	throughout 	the 	district 	to
match 	job 	opportunities;
217-4
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 10
§15-217-2
(G) 	That 	appropriate 	building 	densities 	and
land 	uses 	be 	provided 	within 	walking
distance 	of 	transit 	stops;
(H) 	That 	civic, 	institutional, 	and
commercial 	activity 	should 	be 	embedded
in 	neighborhoods, 	not 	isolated 	in
remote 	single-use 	complexes;
(I) 	That 	schools 	be 	sized 	and 	located 	to
enable 	children 	to 	safely 	walk 	or
bicycle 	to 	them;
(J) 	That 	existing 	and 	future 	industrial
uses 	shall 	be 	permitted 	and 	encouraged
in 	appropriate 	locations 	within 	the
district;
(K) 	That 	a 	range 	of 	open 	space 	including
parks, 	squares, 	plazas 	and 	playgrounds
be 	distributed 	within 	neighborhoods;
and
(L) 	That 	the 	region 	should 	include 	a
framework 	of 	transit, 	pedestrian, 	and
bicycle 	systems 	that 	provide
alternatives 	to 	the 	use 	of 	automobiles;
( 2) 	For 	the 	neighborhood 	zones:
(A) 	That 	communities 	should 	provide
meaningful 	choices 	in 	living
arrangements 	as 	manifested 	by 	distinct
physical 	environments; 	and
(B) 	That 	the 	neighborhood 	zone 	descriptions
provided 	in 	section 	15-217-23
(neighborhood 	zones) 	shall 	constitute
the 	intent 	of 	these 	rules 	with 	regard
to 	the 	general 	character 	of 	each 	of
these 	environments 	within 	the 	mauka
area; 	and
( 3) 	For 	the 	block 	and 	the 	building:
(A) 	That 	buildings 	and 	landscaping
contribute 	to 	the 	physical 	definition
of 	thoroughfares 	as 	civic 	places;
(B) 	That 	development 	adequately
accommodates 	automobiles 	while
respecting 	the 	pedestrian 	and 	the
spatial 	form 	of 	public 	areas;
217-5
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 11
§15-217-2
(C) 	That 	the 	design 	of 	streets 	and
buildings 	reinforce 	safe 	environments,
but 	not 	at 	the 	expense 	of
accessibility;
(D) 	That 	architecture 	and 	landscape 	design
grow 	from 	local 	climate, 	topography,
history, 	and 	building 	practice;
(E) 	That 	buildings 	provide 	their
inhabitants 	with 	a 	clear 	sense 	of
geography 	and 	climate 	through 	energy
efficient 	methods;
(F) 	That 	civic 	buildings 	and 	public
gathering 	places 	be 	provided 	as
locations 	that 	reinforce 	community
identity 	and 	support 	self-government;
(G) 	That 	civic 	buildings 	be 	distinctive 	and
appropriate 	to 	a 	role 	more 	important
than 	the 	other 	buildings 	that
constitute 	the 	fabric 	of 	the 	city; 	and
(H) 	That 	the 	preservation 	and 	renewal 	of
historic 	buildings 	be 	facilitated 	to
affirm 	the 	continuity 	and 	evolution 	of
society. 	[Eff 	NOV11 ltm 	(Auth:
HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp:
HRS §§206E-1, 	206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-3 	Applicability. 	(a) 	This 	chapter,
together 	with 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan, 	shall 	govern 	all
real 	property 	located 	within 	the 	mauka 	area. 	In 	case
of 	any 	discrepancy 	between 	the 	provisions 	of 	this
chapter 	and 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan, 	this 	chapter 	shall
control.
(b) 	No building 	permit 	shall 	be 	approved 	by 	the
Hawaii 	community 	development 	authority 	for 	any 	project
within 	the 	mauka 	area 	unless 	the 	project 	conforms 	to
the 	provisions 	of 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	and 	this
chapter.
(c) 	No public 	improvement 	or 	project 	within 	the
mauka 	area 	shall 	be 	initiated 	or 	adopted 	unless 	it
conforms 	to 	and 	implements 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	and
this 	chapter.
217-6
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 12
§15-217-5
(d) 	Except 	as 	otherwise 	specifically 	provided,
the 	provisions 	of 	this 	chapter 	shall 	supersede 	the
provisions 	of 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu's
development 	plan 	(Ordinance 	No. 	81-79, 	as 	amended 	by
Ordinance 	No. 	85-46 	and 	Ordinance 	No. 	04-14), 	the
provisions 	of 	the 	Kakaako 	special 	design 	district
ordinance, 	and 	the 	provisions 	of 	the 	land 	use
ordinance 	as 	they 	all 	shall 	relate 	to 	properties
within 	the 	mauka 	area. 	The 	foregoing 	ordinances 	are
hereby 	declared 	to 	be 	inconsistent 	with 	this 	chapter,
and 	shall 	therefore 	be 	inapplicable 	to 	developments
within 	the 	mauka 	area 	unless 	otherwise 	specifically
stated.
(e) 	Except 	as 	otherwise 	specifically 	stated 	in
this 	chapter, 	all 	other 	rules, 	laws, 	and 	ordinances
shall 	continue 	to 	remain 	applicable 	to 	the
developments 	and 	properties 	within 	the 	mauka 	area.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-4 	Minimum 	requirements. 	The 	provisions
of 	the 	rules 	are 	minimum 	requirements 	for 	the
protection 	and 	promotion 	of 	public 	health, 	safety, 	and
welfare. 	Satisfaction 	of 	the 	minimum 	requirements
does 	not 	mean 	that 	a 	decision-maker 	cannot 	impose
additional 	requirements 	where 	authorized 	and
appropriate 	and 	does 	not 	guarantee 	compliance 	with
other 	rules, 	ordinance, 	or 	laws 	imposed 	by 	other
governmental 	entities. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-5 	Rules 	of 	interpretation. 	(a)
Provisions 	of 	the 	rules 	are 	activated 	by 	"shall" 	when
required; 	"should" 	when 	recommended; 	and 	"may" 	when
optional.
(b) 	In 	addition 	to 	text-only 	contents 	of 	the
rules, 	section 	15-217-5 	(rules 	of 	interpretation)
shall 	also 	control 	related 	captions, 	titles, 	and
figures.
217-7
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 13
§15-217-5
(c) 	Terms 	not 	defined 	in 	section 	15-217-8
(definitions 	of 	terms) 	shall 	be 	accorded 	their
commonly 	accepted 	meanings. 	In 	the 	event 	of 	conflicts
between 	these 	definitions 	and 	those 	found 	elsewhere
within 	the 	Hawaii 	community 	development 	authority's
administrative 	rules, 	these 	rules 	shall 	take
precedence.
(d) 	The 	figures 	located 	herein 	are 	an 	integral
part 	of 	the 	rules. 	However, 	Figures 	1.11 	to 	1.16,
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	are 	illustrative
guidelines.
(e) 	Where 	in 	conflict, 	numerical 	metrics 	shall
take 	precedence 	over 	graphic 	metrics.
(f) 	Words 	used 	in 	the 	singular 	include 	the
plural; 	words 	used 	in 	the 	plural 	include 	the 	singular.
(g) 	Words 	used 	in 	the 	present 	tense 	include 	the
future 	tense; 	words 	used 	in 	the 	future 	tense 	include
the 	present 	tense.
(h) 	Within 	the 	rules, 	sections 	are 	occasionally
prefaced 	with 	"purpose" 	or 	"intent" 	statements. 	Each
such 	statement 	is 	intended 	as 	an 	official 	statement 	of
legislative 	finding 	or 	purpose. 	The 	"purpose" 	or
"intent" 	statements 	are 	legislatively 	adopted,
together 	with 	their 	accompanying 	rules 	text. 	They 	are
intended 	as 	a 	guide 	to 	the 	administrator 	and 	shall 	be
treated 	in 	the 	same 	manner 	as 	other 	aspects 	of
legislative 	history. 	However, 	they 	are 	not 	binding
standards.
(i) 	In 	their 	interpretation 	and 	application, 	the
provisions 	of 	the 	rules 	are 	considered 	minimal 	in
nature. 	Whenever 	the 	provisions, 	standards, 	or
requirements 	of 	HCDA's 	rules 	of 	practice 	and 	procedure
and 	chapter 	218 	(reserved 	housing), 	Hawaii
administrative 	rules, 	are 	higher 	or 	more 	restrictive,
the 	latter 	shall 	control.
(j) 	Whenever 	the 	executive 	director 	determines
that 	the 	meaning 	or 	applicability 	of 	any 	requirement
of 	the 	rules 	is 	subject 	to 	interpretation 	generally,
or 	as 	applied 	to 	a 	specific 	case, 	the 	executive
director 	may 	issue 	an 	official 	interpretation. 	The
executive 	director 	may 	also 	forward 	any 	interpretation
217-8
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 14
§15-217-5
of 	the 	meaning 	or 	applicability 	of 	any 	provision 	of
the 	rules 	directly 	to 	the 	authority 	for 	a
determination 	at 	a 	public 	meeting:
(1) 	The 	issuance 	of 	an 	interpretation 	shall
include 	findings 	stating 	the 	basis 	for 	the
interpretation. 	The 	basis 	for 	an
interpretation 	may 	include 	but 	is 	not
limited 	to 	technological 	changes 	or 	new
industry 	standards. 	The 	issuance 	of 	an
interpretation 	shall 	also 	include 	a 	finding
documenting 	the 	consistency 	of 	the
interpretation 	with 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan;
(2) 	All 	interpretations 	shall 	be:
(A) 	Written 	and 	shall 	quote 	the 	provisions
of 	the 	rules 	being 	interpreted, 	and 	the
applicability 	in 	the 	particular 	or
general 	circumstances 	that 	caused 	the
need 	for 	interpretations, 	and 	the
determination; 	and
(B) 	Distributed 	to 	the 	authority, 	executive
director, 	and 	Hawaii 	community
development 	authority 	staff;
(3) 	Any 	interpretation 	of 	the 	rules 	by 	the
executive 	director 	may 	be 	appealed 	to 	the
authority 	in 	compliance 	with 	section
15-217-88 	(appeals); 	and
(4) 	Any 	provision 	of 	the 	rules 	that 	is
determined 	by 	the 	executive 	director 	to 	need
refinement 	or 	revision 	will 	be 	corrected 	by
amending 	the 	rules 	as 	soon 	as 	is 	practical.
Until 	an 	amendment 	can 	occur, 	the 	executive
director 	will 	maintain 	a 	complete 	record 	of
all 	interpretations 	to 	the 	rules, 	indexed 	by
the 	number 	of 	the 	subchapter, 	section 	or
subsection 	that 	is 	the 	subject 	of 	the
interpretation.
(k) 	If 	there 	is 	uncertainty 	about 	the 	location
of 	any 	zone 	boundary 	shown 	on 	the 	regulating 	plan, 	the
location 	of 	the 	boundary 	shall 	be 	determined 	by 	the
executive 	director 	as 	follows:
(1) 	Where 	a 	zone 	boundary 	approximately 	follows
a 	lot 	line, 	alley, 	or 	street 	line, 	the 	lot
217-9
2976
Complete printed PDF page 15
§15-217-5
line, 	street 	or 	alley 	centerline 	shall 	be
construed 	as 	the 	zone 	boundary, 	as
applicable;
(2) 	If 	a 	zone 	boundary 	divides 	a 	parcel 	and 	the
boundary 	line 	location 	is 	not 	specified 	by
distances 	printed 	on 	the 	regulating 	plan,
the 	location 	of 	the 	boundary 	will 	be
determined 	by 	using 	the 	scale 	appearing 	on
the 	regulating 	plan; 	and
(3) 	Where 	a 	public 	thoroughfare 	or 	alley 	is
officially 	vacated 	or 	abandoned, 	the
property 	that 	was 	formerly 	in 	the 	street 	or
alley 	will 	be 	included 	within 	the 	zone 	of
the 	adjoining 	property 	on 	either 	side 	of 	the
vacated 	or· 	abandoned 	thoroughfare 	or 	alley.
[Eff 	NOV 11 	2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-6 	Compliance 	with 	other 	regulations.
(a) 	Whenever 	conflicting 	requirements 	are 	discovered
in 	the 	application 	of 	the 	rules, 	they 	shall 	be
resolved 	as 	follows:
(1) 	Mauka 	area 	rules. 	If 	a 	conflict 	occurs
between 	requirements 	within 	the 	rules, 	the
most 	restrictive 	shall 	apply;
(2) 	Mauka 	area 	plan. 	The 	provisions 	of 	the
rules, 	when 	in 	conflict 	with 	the 	mauka 	area
plan, 	shall 	take 	precedence;
(3) 	Master 	plan. 	If 	conflicts 	occur 	between 	the
requirements 	of 	the 	rules 	and 	standards
adopted 	as 	part 	of 	any 	master 	plan, 	the
requirements 	of 	the 	master 	plan 	shall 	apply;
and
(4) 	Private 	agreements. 	The 	rules 	apply 	to 	all
real 	property 	located 	within 	the 	mauka 	area
regardless 	of 	whether 	it 	imposes 	a 	greater
or 	lesser 	restriction 	on 	the 	development 	or
use 	of 	structures 	or 	land 	than 	a 	private
agreement 	or 	restriction 	(for 	example,
conditions, 	covenants 	and 	restrictions).
217-10
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 16
§15-217-8
(b) 	The 	following 	provisions 	of 	the 	subtitle 	4,
title 	15, 	apply 	within 	the 	mauka 	area 	and 	may 	be
referenced 	herein:
(1) 	HCDA's 	rules 	of 	practice 	and 	procedure; 	and
(2) 	Chapter 	218 	(Kakaako 	reserved 	housing
rules). 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-7 	Severability. 	These 	rules 	shall 	be
liberally 	construed 	to 	protect 	and 	preserve 	the
health, 	safety, 	and 	general 	welfare 	within 	the 	mauka
area. 	Should 	any 	provision 	of 	the 	rules 	be 	held 	to 	be
unconstitutional 	or 	invalid, 	such 	holding 	shall 	not 	be
construed 	as 	affecting 	the 	validity 	of 	any 	of 	the
remaining 	provisions. 	[Eff 	NOV 11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-8 	Definition 	of 	terms. 	This 	section
provides 	definitions 	for 	terms 	in 	these 	rules 	that 	are
technical 	in 	nature 	or 	that 	otherwise 	may 	not 	reflect
a 	common 	usage 	of 	the 	term. 	If 	a 	term 	is 	not 	defined
in 	this 	section, 	then 	the 	executive 	director 	shall
determine 	the 	correct 	definition 	through 	the
interpretation 	provisions 	of 	section 	15-217-5 	(rules
of 	interpretation).
"Accessory 	building" 	means 	a 	building 	that 	is
located 	on 	the 	same 	property, 	but 	physically 	separated
from 	the 	principal 	building 	and 	is 	subordinate 	in 	size
to 	the 	principal 	building, 	which 	may 	include 	swimming
pool 	house, 	recreational 	facilities, 	and 	gazebos;
"Accessory 	dwelling" 	means 	a 	self-contained
residential 	unit 	located 	on 	the 	same 	property 	as 	a
front 	yard 	house, 	side 	yard 	house, 	or 	duplex-triplex
quadplex, 	which 	is 	either 	attached 	to 	the 	principal
building 	or 	in 	a 	separate 	structure;
"Administrative" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for 	uses
pertaining 	to 	the 	affairs 	of 	a 	business, 	profession,
217-11
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 17
§15-217-8
service, 	industry, 	government, 	or 	like 	activity, 	which
may 	include 	ancillary 	services 	for 	office 	workers,
such 	as 	a 	restaurant, 	coffee 	shop, 	or 	newspaper 	or
candy 	stand;
"Alcohol 	sales'' 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	the 	sale 	of 	alcoholic 	beverages, 	whether
for 	on-site 	or 	off-site 	consumption;
"Allee• 	means 	an 	evenly 	spaced 	and 	aligned 	double
row 	of 	trees 	usually 	planted 	along 	a 	thoroughfare;
"Alley• 	means 	a 	service 	lane 	located 	to 	the 	rear
of 	lots 	providing 	access 	to 	service 	areas, 	parking,
and 	outbuildings 	and 	containing 	utility 	easements;
"Alternative 	parking 	access 	street• 	means 	a
street 	from 	which 	parking, 	driveways, 	curb 	cuts 	and
other 	vehicular 	intrusions 	into 	the 	pedestrian 	realm
should 	be 	allowed 	only 	when 	access 	to 	a 	parking 	access
street 	is 	not 	possible. 	See 	Figure 	1.10 	(parking),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Architectural 	encroachment• 	means 	an
architectural 	feature 	that 	breaks 	the 	plane 	of 	a
vertical 	or 	horizontal 	regulatory 	limit, 	extending
into 	a 	setback, 	into 	the 	pedestrian 	zone, 	or 	above 	a
height 	limit;
"Artisan 	or 	craft 	production• 	is 	a 	use
classification 	for 	the 	manufacturing 	and 	assembling 	of
small 	products 	primarily 	by 	hand, 	including 	but 	not
limited 	to 	clothing, 	furniture, 	jewelry, 	pottery 	and
other 	ceramics, 	small 	glass 	and 	metal 	art,
taxidermists 	and 	craft 	products;
"Attic• 	means 	a 	portion 	of 	a 	building 	wholly 	or
partly 	in 	the 	roof, 	so 	designated, 	arranged 	or 	built
to 	be 	used 	for 	business, 	storage, 	recreation 	or
habitation. 	Attic 	areas 	with 	a 	head 	room 	of 	less 	than
seven 	feet 	shall 	not 	be 	included 	as 	floor 	area;
"Authority• 	means 	the 	Hawaii 	community
development 	authority 	established 	by 	section 	206E-3,
HRS;
"Automobile 	rentals 	or 	sales" 	is 	a 	use
classification 	primarily 	engaged 	in 	the 	rental,
leasing 	or 	sales 	of 	new 	and 	used 	automobiles, 	trucks,
217-12
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 18
§15-217-8
trailers, 	motorcycles, 	mopeds, 	and 	recreation 	vehicles
and 	supplies, 	including 	storage 	of 	said 	vehicles;
"Automobile 	repair" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
the 	repair 	and 	maintenance 	services 	for 	motorcycles,
passenger 	vehicles 	and 	trucks 	of 	all 	sizes. 	Typical
repair 	and 	maintenance 	activities 	pertain 	to 	the 	tire,
body, 	auto 	glass, 	radiator, 	transmission, 	motor 	tune
up, 	vehicle 	upholstery, 	and 	mufflers;
"Avenue" 	means 	a 	walkable, 	low-to-medium 	(thirty
to 	thirty-five 	mph) 	urban 	arterial 	or 	collector
thoroughfare, 	generally 	shorter 	in 	length 	than
boulevards, 	serving 	access 	to 	abutting 	land. 	Avenues
serve 	as 	primary 	pedestrian 	and 	bicycle 	routes 	and 	may
serve 	local 	transit 	routes. 	Avenues 	usually 	provide
curb 	parking;
"Awning" 	means 	a 	canopy 	that 	is 	supported
entirely 	from 	the 	exterior 	wall 	of 	a 	building;
"Block" 	means 	the 	aggregate 	of 	lots, 	passageways,
public 	spaces, 	and 	alleys 	bounded 	on 	all 	sides 	by
thoroughfares;
"Block 	face" 	means 	the 	aggregate 	of 	the 	building
facades 	on 	all 	of 	the 	lots 	on 	any 	given 	block;
"Block 	size'' 	means 	the 	size 	of 	a 	block 	as
measured 	in 	linear 	feet 	around 	the 	edges 	of 	the 	block
at 	the 	lot 	line;
"Boulevard" 	means 	a 	means 	a 	walkable, 	low-speed
(thirty-five 	mph 	or 	less) 	divided 	arterial
thoroughfare 	designed 	to 	carry 	both 	through 	and 	local
traffic, 	pedestrians 	and 	bicycles. 	Boulevards 	may 	be
high 	ridership 	transit 	corridors. 	Curb 	parking 	may 	be
allowed 	on 	boulevards;
"Build 	to 	line" 	means 	a 	setback, 	parallel 	to 	the
frontage 	line, 	which 	marks 	the 	location 	from 	which 	the
principle 	vertical 	plane 	of 	the 	elevation 	must 	be
erected. 	The 	build 	to 	line 	dimension 	is 	the 	distance
from 	the 	lot 	line 	to 	the 	build 	to 	line;
"Building" 	means 	any 	permanently 	anchored
structure 	used 	or 	intended 	for 	supporting 	or
sheltering 	any 	use 	or 	occupancy;
"Building 	face" 	means 	the 	building 	elevation
closest 	to 	and 	facing 	the 	abutting 	thoroughfare;
217-13
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 19
§15-217-8
"Building 	type" 	means 	a 	form 	based 	classification
that 	describes 	a 	particular 	type 	of 	building 	in 	terms
of 	scale 	and 	design. 	See 	Figures 	BT.1 	to 	BT.10, 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Building 	void" 	means 	the 	negative 	space 	that 	is
created 	between 	the 	potential 	building 	envelope 	and
the 	actual 	building, 	when 	upper 	floors 	of 	a 	building
are 	set 	back 	from 	the 	maximum 	possible 	floor 	plate
size 	to 	add 	depth 	and 	articulation. 	The 	building 	void
is 	the 	difference 	between 	one 	hundred 	per 	cent 	and 	the
floor 	plate 	ratio 	provided 	for 	each 	story 	as 	indicated
on 	each 	of 	the 	building 	type 	pages. 	See 	Figure 	1.12-C
(illustrative 	building 	void 	and 	floor 	plate 	diagrams),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Civic" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	which 	includes
uses 	that 	foster 	community 	interaction 	and 	citizen
participation 	in 	civic 	activities 	such 	as: 	meeting
halls 	or 	clubhouse, 	conference 	centers, 	cultural
facilities, 	public 	safety 	facilities, 	public 	or
government 	facilities, 	libraries, 	religious
facilities, 	and 	theaters;
"Civic 	building" 	means 	a 	building 	primarily 	used
for 	civic 	or 	public 	uses;
"Civic 	space" 	means 	a 	form 	based 	classification
of 	outdoor 	areas 	dedicated 	for 	public 	use. 	See 	Figure
1.11 	(civic 	space), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
"Commercial" 	means 	the 	term 	collectively 	defining
workplace, 	office, 	and 	retail 	functions;
"Common 	open 	space" 	means 	a 	portion 	of 	the 	lot
landscaped 	and 	utilized 	for 	passive 	or 	active
recreation 	but 	excluding 	permanent 	buildings, 	off
street 	parking 	areas, 	drive 	aisles, 	above-ground
utility 	cabinet, 	boxes 	or 	structures 	and 	required 	side
and 	rear 	setback 	area;
"Conference 	center" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
facilities 	designed 	to 	host 	conferences, 	exhibitions,
large 	meetings, 	seminars, 	and 	training 	sessions;
217-14
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 20
§15-217-8
"Cultural 	facilities" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
establishments 	such 	as 	museums, 	art 	galleries,
botanical 	and 	zoological 	gardens, 	and 	other 	facilities
of 	an 	historic, 	an 	educational, 	or 	a 	cultural
interest;
"Curb" 	means 	the 	edge 	of 	the 	vehicular 	pavement
that 	may 	be 	raised 	or 	flush 	to 	a 	swale 	and 	is 	usually
incorporated 	into 	the 	drainage 	system;
"Dance-nightclub" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	establishments 	primarily 	engaged 	in 	the
preparation 	and 	sale 	of 	alcoholic 	beverages 	for
consumption 	on 	the 	premises 	in 	conjunction 	with 	a
dance 	floor 	accompanied 	by 	prerecorded 	or 	live 	music;
''Day-care 	center'' 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	non-medical 	care 	for 	fifteen 	or 	more
children 	or 	adults 	in 	need 	of 	personal 	services,
supervision, 	or 	assistance 	essential 	for 	sustaining
the 	activities 	of 	daily 	living 	or 	for 	the 	protection
of 	the 	individual 	on 	less 	than 	a 	twenty-four-hour
basis. 	May 	include 	pre-schools, 	infant 	centers, 	and
extended 	day-care 	facilities;
''Day-care 	home• 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	single-family 	residences 	that 	are
occupied 	and 	used 	as 	such 	in 	addition 	to 	providing
non-medical 	day-care 	on 	less 	than 	a 	twenty-four-hour
basis 	to 	children 	or 	adults;
"Decision-maker• 	means 	the 	person 	or 	entity
charged 	with 	reviewing 	a 	particular 	permit 	or
development 	application;
"Developable 	area" 	means 	the 	area 	within 	the 	lot
lines 	of 	a 	parcel 	or 	a 	series 	of 	parcels, 	excluding
setback 	areas;
"Developer" 	means 	a 	private 	person 	or 	an 	entity
who 	has 	legal 	rights 	to 	perform 	or 	cause 	to 	be
performed 	any 	man-made 	change 	over, 	upon, 	under, 	or
across 	improved 	or 	unimproved 	real 	property 	within 	the
mauka 	area;
"Developer's 	proposal 	to 	develop 	lands 	under 	the
authority's 	control" 	as 	used 	in 	section 	206E-5.6, 	HRS,
shall 	mean 	and 	include 	any 	permit 	application 	filed 	by
any 	private 	person 	or 	entity 	seeking 	the 	authority's
217-15
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 21
§15-217-8
approval 	for 	(1) 	a 	development; 	or 	(2) 	an 	improvement
project 	on 	lands 	owned 	by 	the 	authority;
"Development" 	means 	and 	includes 	any 	man-made
change 	over, 	upon, 	under, 	or 	across 	improved 	or
unimproved 	real 	property 	performed 	on 	a 	lot 	greater
than 	20,000 	square 	feet 	within 	the 	mauka 	area.
Development 	shall 	not 	include 	a 	project 	consisting 	of
a 	change 	in 	use 	or 	interior 	renovations 	only;
"Development 	permit" 	means 	and 	includes 	a 	permit
approved 	and 	issued 	by 	the 	authority 	authorizing 	any
development;
"Disposition" 	means 	the 	placement 	of 	a 	building
on 	its 	lot;
"Drive-through" 	means 	an 	establishment 	that
permits 	customers 	to 	receive 	services, 	to 	obtain
goods, 	or 	to 	be 	entertained 	while 	remaining 	in 	their
motor 	vehicles;
"Driveway" 	means 	a 	vehicular 	lane 	within 	a 	lot,
often 	leading 	to 	a 	garage;
"Dwelling" 	means 	one 	or 	more 	rooms 	providing
complete 	living 	facilities 	for 	one 	family, 	including
kitchen 	facilities 	or 	equipment 	for 	cooking, 	and
including 	a 	room 	or 	multiple 	rooms 	for 	living,
sleeping, 	bathing, 	and 	eating;
"Educational 	facilities" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	instruction 	or 	education, 	such 	as
kindergarten; 	elementary, 	middle, 	or 	junior 	high
school; 	high 	school; 	college; 	universities; 	or
vocational 	schools;
"Eleemosynary 	organization" 	means 	a 	society,
association, 	or 	corporation 	engaged 	in 	religious,
charitable, 	educational, 	scientific, 	literary, 	or
other 	benevolent 	purposes, 	whose 	charter 	or 	other
enabling 	act 	contains 	a 	provision 	that, 	in 	the 	event
of 	dissolution, 	the 	land 	owned 	by 	such 	society,
association, 	or 	corporation 	shall 	be 	distributed 	to
another 	society, 	association, 	or 	corporation 	engaged
in 	religious, 	charitable, 	educational, 	scientific,
literary 	or 	other 	benevolent 	purposes;
"Elevation" 	means 	an 	exterior 	wall 	of 	a 	building
not 	along 	a 	frontage 	line;
217-16
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 22
§15-217-8
"Encroachment" 	means 	any 	structural 	or
architectural 	element 	that 	breaks 	the 	plane 	of 	a
vertical 	or 	horizontal 	regulatory 	limit, 	extending
into 	a 	setback, 	into 	the 	pedestrian 	zone, 	or 	above 	a
height 	limit;
"Enfront" 	means 	to 	place 	an 	element 	along 	a
frontage;
"Exceptional 	tree" 	means 	a 	tree 	that 	by 	reason 	of
age, 	rarity, 	location, 	size, 	aesthetic 	quality,
endemic 	status 	or 	historical 	and 	cultural 	significance
is 	designated 	by 	the 	county 	arborist 	committee 	as
worthy 	of 	preservation, 	pursuant 	to 	Act 	105, 	SLH 1975,
and 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu 	exceptional 	tree
ordinance. 	See 	the 	revised 	ordinances 	of 	Honolulu,
chapter 	41, 	article 	13 	- 	protective 	regulations 	for
exceptional 	trees 	including 	the 	register 	of
exceptional 	trees;
"Executive 	director" 	means 	the 	executive 	director
of 	the 	Hawaii 	community 	development 	authority;
"Facade" 	means 	the 	exterior 	wall 	of 	a 	building
that 	is 	set 	along 	a 	frontage 	line;
"Facade 	string" 	means 	a 	row 	of 	facades 	along 	a
street 	that 	are 	physically 	attached 	to 	each 	other;
"FEMA flood 	maps" 	means 	maps 	that 	set 	flood
insurance 	rates, 	regulate 	floodplain 	development, 	and
delineate 	"100-year" 	floodplain 	boundaries. 	FEMA
flood 	maps 	contain 	flood 	zones 	that 	describe 	different
levels 	of 	flood 	risk 	and 	elevation;
"Flat" 	means 	a 	dwelling 	that 	is 	confined 	to 	a
single 	story;
"Floor 	area" 	means 	the 	sum 	of 	the 	gross
horizontal 	areas 	of 	all 	floors 	of 	a 	building,
including 	interior 	balconies 	and 	mezzanines, 	measured
from 	the 	exterior 	face 	of 	exterior 	walls 	or 	from 	the
centerline 	of 	a 	wall 	separating 	two 	structures. 	Floor
area 	shall 	include 	the 	area 	of 	roofed 	porches 	or 	lanai
having 	more 	than 	one 	wall 	and 	of 	accessory 	structures
on 	the 	same 	lot. 	Stairwells, 	elevator 	shafts 	parking
facilities 	and 	loading 	spaces, 	including 	their
driveways, 	shall 	be 	excluded;
"Floor 	area 	ratio" 	or 	"FAR" 	means 	the 	ratio 	of
the 	total 	building 	floor 	area 	as 	expressed 	in 	square
217-17
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 23
§15-217-8
feet 	to 	the 	total 	land 	area 	as 	expressed 	in 	square
feet. 	The 	FAR is 	determined 	by 	dividing 	the 	total
floor 	area 	on 	a 	development 	lot 	by 	the 	lot 	area 	of
that 	development 	lot;
"Floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credit'' 	means 	a 	unit
of 	measurement 	integral 	to 	section 	15-217-84 	(floor
area 	ratio 	transfer) 	and 	which 	is 	established 	on 	a
one-to-one 	basis 	between 	sending 	site(s) 	and 	a
receiving 	site;
"Frontage" 	means 	the 	area 	between 	a 	building
elevation 	and 	the 	vehicular 	lanes, 	inclusive 	of 	its
built 	and 	planted 	components. 	Frontage 	is 	divided
into 	two 	components: 	private 	frontage 	and 	public
frontage;
"Frontage 	line" 	means 	a 	lot 	line 	bordering 	the
public 	frontage. 	See 	Figure 	1.14 	(pedestrian 	zone
treatment), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Frontage 	occupancy• 	means 	the 	minimum 	length 	of
the 	principal 	frontage 	that 	must 	contain 	a 	building
street 	front 	element. 	See 	Figure 	1.13 	(building
placement 	and 	encroachments), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
of 	this 	chapter;
"Frontage 	type" 	means 	a 	form 	based 	classification
that 	describes 	a 	particular 	type 	of 	building 	face 	in
terms 	of 	scale 	and 	architectural 	features. 	Frontage
types 	facilitate 	pedestrian 	access 	to 	the 	principal
entrance 	of 	a 	building. 	See 	Figures 	FT.l 	to 	FT.12,
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Furnishing 	area• 	means 	the 	transition 	between
the 	pedestrian 	throughway 	and 	the 	edge 	of 	the
vehicular 	pavement. 	The 	furnishing 	area 	provides
space 	for 	roadside 	appurtenances 	such 	as 	street 	trees,
planting 	strips, 	street 	furniture, 	public 	art,
sidewalk 	cafes, 	sign 	poles, 	signal 	and 	electrical
cabinets, 	fire 	hydrants, 	bicycle 	racks 	and 	bus
shelters. 	See 	Figure 	1.14-A 	(section 	view
illustrative 	pedestrian 	zone 	treatment), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
217-18
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 24
§15-217-8
•Gas 	station'' 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	the 	retail 	sale 	of 	motor 	vehicle 	fuel 	and
lubricants 	to 	the 	public 	by 	direct 	delivery 	into 	the
user's 	vehicle 	and 	may 	include 	incidental 	motor
vehicular 	services 	such 	as 	tire 	repair, 	battery
charging, 	brake 	adjustment, 	motor 	tune-up 	and 	washing.
Sale 	of 	food, 	beverages 	and 	related 	items 	is 	permitted
in 	conjunction 	with 	a 	gas 	station;
"Grade• 	means 	the 	slope 	of 	a 	road, 	street, 	or
other 	public 	way 	specified 	in 	percentage 	terms;
"Ground 	elevation• 	means 	the 	highest 	finished
grade 	along 	the 	perimeter 	of 	the 	building;
"Group 	assembly" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for 	the
gathering 	of 	people 	for 	activities 	including 	a 	music
festival, 	carnival, 	show, 	circus, 	dance, 	exhibition,
lecture, 	concert, 	rally, 	party, 	celebration, 	or
similar 	activity 	which 	is 	open 	to 	the 	public 	or 	to
which 	members 	of 	the 	public 	are 	invited 	or 	admitted
either 	for 	a 	charge 	or 	free 	of 	cost;
"Group 	home• 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	the 	use 	of 	any 	single-family 	residence 	or 	dwelling
unit 	for 	a 	group 	residence 	where 	residents 	pay 	a 	fee
or 	other 	consideration 	to 	the 	group 	home 	operator 	in
return 	for 	residential 	accommodations. 	A group 	home
includes 	a 	boarding 	home, 	a 	rooming 	house, 	as 	well 	as
a 	group 	residence 	for 	the 	elderly, 	or 	mentally 	or
physically 	disabled 	or 	handicapped 	persons, 	or 	other
persons 	in 	need 	of 	care 	and 	supervision;
"Guideline• 	means 	a 	development 	provision 	that 	is
suggested 	to 	further 	the 	intent 	and 	the 	mauka 	area
plan 	and 	rules, 	but 	that 	is 	not 	compulsory;
''Habitable 	space• 	means 	space 	in 	a 	structure 	for
living, 	sleeping, 	eating 	or 	cooking. 	Bathrooms,
closets, 	halls, 	storage 	areas 	and 	utility 	spaces 	are
not 	considered 	habitable 	spaces;
"Hawaii 	capital 	district" 	means 	a 	special
district 	established 	by 	article 	7 	of 	the 	land 	use
ordinance;
"Hawaii 	revised 	statutes• 	or 	"HRS" 	means 	the
Hawaii 	Revised 	Statutes;
"Heavy 	industrial" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
industrial 	plants 	primarily 	engaged 	in 	manufacturing,
217-19
29 7 &
Complete printed PDF page 25
§15-217-8
compounding, 	processing, 	assembling, 	packaging,
treatment, 	or 	fabrication 	of 	materials 	and 	products,
primarily 	from 	extracted 	or 	raw 	or 	recycled 	materials.
Uses 	in 	this 	classification 	generally 	are
characterized 	by, 	among 	other 	things, 	truck 	traffic 	or
outdoor 	storage 	of 	products, 	materials, 	equipment 	or
fuel. 	Typical 	uses 	include 	battery 	manufacturing,
welding, 	water 	softening 	plants, 	plating, 	ready-mix
concrete 	plants, 	trucking 	terminals, 	and 	distribution
facilities 	for 	commercial 	package 	services;
"Historical 	or 	culturally 	significant 	property"
means 	any 	property 	that 	is:
(1) 	Listed 	on 	the 	Hawaii 	or 	national 	register 	of
historic 	places, 	pursuant 	to 	HRS; 	or
(2) 	Designated 	in 	the 	rnauka 	area 	plan 	as 	being
significant 	in 	the 	history 	or 	prehistory,
architecture, 	culture, 	or 	development 	of
Kakaako 	or 	a 	tangible, 	historic 	or 	cultural
linkage 	between 	Kakaako 	of 	the 	past 	and
Kakaako 	of 	the 	present;
"Horne 	occupation" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
work-related 	activities 	carried 	out 	in 	a 	dwelling 	unit
for 	monetary 	gain 	by 	a 	resident. 	Horne occupation 	is
considered 	an 	accessory 	use 	in 	the 	resident's 	dwelling
unit;
''Hospital" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining 	to
institutions 	providing 	health 	services, 	primarily 	for
inpatients 	and 	medical 	or 	surgical 	care 	of 	the 	sick 	or
injured, 	including 	related 	facilities 	as 	laboratories,
outpatient 	departments, 	training 	facilities, 	central
service 	facilities, 	and 	staff 	offices;
"Hydraulic 	lifts" 	means 	a 	parking 	method 	wherein
mechanized 	lifts 	are 	used 	to 	lift 	one 	car 	above 	the
ground 	so 	that 	another 	car 	can 	park 	underneath. 	May
include 	robotic 	parking;
"Improvement 	permit" 	means 	and 	includes 	a 	permit
approved 	and 	issued 	by 	the 	executive 	director
authorizing 	any 	improvement 	project;
"Improvement 	project" 	means 	and 	includes 	any 	man
made 	change 	over, 	upon, 	under, 	or 	across 	improved 	or
unimproved 	real 	property 	performed 	on 	a 	lot 	of 	20,000
square 	feet 	or 	less 	within 	the 	mauka 	area;
217-20
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 26
§15-217-8
"Indoor 	recreation• 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	participant 	sports 	conducted 	within 	an
enclosed 	building. 	Typical 	uses 	include 	bowling
alleys, 	billiard 	parlors, 	pool 	halls, 	indoor 	ice 	or
roller 	skating 	rinks, 	indoor 	racquetball 	courts,
indoor 	batting 	cages, 	and 	health 	or 	fitness 	clubs;
"Kakaako 	community 	development 	district 	plan"
means 	a 	collective 	term 	for 	the 	"Mauka 	Area 	Plan• 	and
the 	"Makai 	Area 	Plan.'' 	Also, 	referred 	to 	as 	the
"Kakaako 	Community 	Development 	Plan• 	or 	"Kakaako
11	
Plan 	;
"Kakaako 	special 	design 	district 	ordinance• 	means
Ordinance 	No. 	80-58 	of 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of
Honolulu, 	as 	amended 	by 	Ordinance 	No. 	81-8;
"Lanai" 	means 	an 	accessory 	area 	to 	a 	dwelling,
with 	one 	or 	more 	sides 	permanently 	open 	to 	the
exterior 	except 	for 	a 	railing 	or 	parapet 	not 	exceeding
four 	feet 	in 	height, 	with 	such 	open 	side 	or 	sides
constituting 	at 	least 	twenty-five 	per 	cent 	of 	the
perimeter 	thereof. 	Lanai 	are 	accessible 	solely 	from
the 	dwelling 	to 	which 	it 	is 	appurtenant 	and 	may 	either
be 	recessed 	elements 	with 	a 	roof 	continuous 	with 	the
building 	roof, 	or 	they 	may 	be 	protruding 	elements
added 	on 	to 	the 	face 	of 	a 	building;
"Land 	use• 	means 	a 	designation 	of 	land 	with
approved 	uses 	that 	can 	legally 	operate 	on 	the 	parcel;
"Land 	use 	ordinance• 	or 	"LUO" 	means 	the 	land 	use
ordinance 	adopted 	by 	Ordinance 	No. 	86-96 	of 	the 	city
and 	county 	of 	Honolulu;
"Large 	lot• 	means 	a 	parcel 	or 	collection 	of
parcels 	(developable 	area) 	equal 	to 	or 	greater 	than
140,000 	square 	feet;
"Leadership 	in 	energy 	and 	environmental 	design"
or 	"LEED" 	means 	a 	green 	building 	rating 	system
developed 	by 	the 	U.S. 	Green 	Building 	Council 	that
provides 	a 	suite 	of 	standards 	for 	the 	environmentally
sustainable 	design, 	construction 	and 	operation 	of
buildings 	and 	neighborhoods;
"Light 	industrial" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	manufacturing, 	predominantly 	from
previously 	prepared 	materials, 	of 	finished 	products 	or
parts, 	including 	processing, 	fabrication, 	assembly,
217-21
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 27
§15-217-8
treatment, 	and 	packaging 	of 	such 	products 	and
incidental 	storage 	and 	distribution 	of 	such 	products
or 	parts, 	but 	excluding 	basic 	industrial 	processing
classified 	under 	the 	heavy 	industrial. 	Typical 	uses
include 	apparel 	manufacturing, 	machine 	shops, 	and
furniture 	manufacturing;
"Liner 	building" 	means 	a 	building 	which 	masks 	or
conceals 	a 	parking 	lot 	or 	a 	parking 	structure 	from 	a
frontage;
"Live-work" 	means 	a 	mixed-use 	unit 	consisting 	of
an 	office, 	or 	retail 	uses 	along 	with 	residential 	use.
The 	residential 	function 	may 	be 	anywhere 	in 	the 	unit
and 	is 	intended 	to 	be 	occupied 	by 	a 	business 	operator
who 	lives 	in 	the 	same 	structure 	that 	contains 	the
retail 	activity;
"Long-term 	bicycle 	parking" 	means 	a 	place 	to
secure 	bicycles 	for 	eight 	to 	twenty 	four 	hours. 	Long
term 	bicycle 	parking 	can 	be 	provided 	through 	bicycle
lockers, 	bicycle 	racks 	in 	enclosed 	areas, 	or 	space
within 	a 	building;
"Lot" 	means 	a 	duly 	recorded 	parcel 	of 	land 	which
can 	be 	used, 	developed 	or 	built 	upon 	as 	a 	unit;
"Lot 	line" 	means 	the 	boundary 	of 	a 	parcel 	of
land, 	often 	expressed 	in 	metes 	and 	bounds;
"Lot 	width" 	means 	the 	length 	of 	the 	principal
frontage 	line 	of 	a 	lot;
"Makai 	area" 	means 	that 	portion 	of 	the 	Kakaako
community 	development 	district, 	established 	by 	section
206E-32, 	HRS, 	excluding 	the 	mauka 	area 	which 	is
bounded 	by 	King 	Street; 	Piikoi 	Street 	from 	its
intersection 	with 	King 	Street 	to 	Ala 	Moana 	Boulevard;
Ala 	Moana 	Boulevard, 	exclusive, 	from 	Piikoi 	Street 	to
its 	intersection 	with 	Punchbowl 	Street; 	and 	Punchbowl
Street 	to 	its 	intersection 	with 	King 	Street;
"Makai 	area 	plan" 	means 	the 	development 	plan 	for
the 	makai 	area 	of 	the 	Kakaako 	community 	development
district 	adopted 	on 	September 	29, 	1998, 	as 	amended 	on
November 	27, 	2002 	and 	October 	25, 	2005;
"Mauka 	area" 	means 	that 	portion 	of 	the 	Kakaako
community 	development 	district, 	established 	by 	section
206E-32, 	HRS, 	which 	is 	bounded 	by 	King 	Street; 	Piikoi
Street 	from 	its 	intersection 	with 	King 	Street 	to 	Ala
217-22
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 28
§15-217-8
Moana 	Boulevard; 	Ala 	Moana 	Boulevard, 	exclusive, 	from
Piikoi 	Street 	to 	its 	intersection 	with 	Punchbowl
Street; 	and 	Punchbowl 	Street 	to 	its 	intersection 	with
King 	Street;
"Mauka 	area 	plan" 	means 	the 	development 	plan 	for
the 	mauka 	area 	of 	the 	Kakaako 	community 	development
district 	originally 	adopted 	on 	February 	16, 	1982, 	as
amended 	on 	January 	10, 	1983, 	May 	18, 	1984,
September 	6, 	1984, 	April 	26, 	1985, 	August 	17, 	1985,
July 	15, 	1988, 	June 	28, 	1989, 	January 	18, 	1990,
July 	16, 	1990, 	September 	5, 	1997, 	August 	3, 	1999,
June 	1, 	2005 	and 	NOV 11 	2011 	;
"Mauka-makai" 	means 	the 	general 	orientation 	of
mountains 	(mauka) 	to 	the 	ocean 	(makai);
"Mauka-makai 	axis" 	means 	the 	angle 	or 	orientation
of 	the 	nearest 	of 	one 	of 	the 	following 	mauka-makai
thoroughfares: 	Punchbowl, 	South, 	Cooke, 	Ward, 	or
Piikoi. 	The 	mauka-makai 	axis 	is 	parallel 	to 	the
nearest 	designated 	mauka-makai 	thoroughfare. 	In 	the
case 	that 	the 	tower 	lies 	exactly 	in 	between 	two 	mauka
makai 	thoroughfares, 	the 	relevant 	mauka-makai 	axis
shall 	be 	chosen 	by 	measuring 	from 	the 	closest 	point 	of
that 	tower 	to 	each 	thoroughfare;
"Mauka-makai 	zone" 	means 	an 	area 	that 	is 	defined
by 	planes 	extended 	from 	the 	edges 	of 	a 	tower 	along 	its
mauka-makai 	axis 	(see 	Figure 	1.6B 	(view 	preservation),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter);
"Maximum 	floor 	plate 	ratio" 	means 	the 	proportion
of 	each 	floor 	that 	can 	occupy 	the 	total 	buildable
floor 	area;
"Media 	production" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	areas 	for 	motion 	pictures, 	television,
video, 	sound, 	computer, 	and 	other 	communications 	media
production. 	These 	facilities 	include 	the 	following
types:
(1) 	Back 	lots 	or 	outdoor 	facilities. 	Outdoor
sets, 	back 	lots, 	and 	other 	outdoor
facilities, 	including 	supporting 	indoor
workshops 	and 	craft 	shops;
(2) 	Indoor 	support 	facilities. 	Administrative
and 	technical 	production 	support 	facilities,
217-23
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 29
§15-217-8
including 	administrative 	and 	production
offices, 	post-production 	facilities 	(editing
and 	sound 	recording 	studios, 	foley 	stages,
etc.), 	optical 	and 	special 	effects 	units,
film 	processing 	laboratories, 	etc.; 	and
(3) 	Soundstages. 	May also 	include 	buildings
providing 	space 	for 	the 	construction 	and 	use
of 	indoor 	sets, 	including 	supporting
workshops 	and 	craft 	shops;
"Medical 	or 	dental 	clinic'' 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	a 	facility 	that 	contains 	one 	or 	more
physicians 	or 	dentists, 	their 	assistants, 	and 	a
laboratory 	or 	an 	apothecary 	limited 	to 	the 	sale 	of
pharmaceutical 	and 	medical 	supplies. 	Shall 	not 	include
inpatient 	care 	or 	major 	surgery;
"Mixed-use" 	means 	a 	combination 	of 	more 	than 	one
use 	within 	a 	development 	project 	or 	lot;
"Multi-family" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	a 	building 	or 	buildings 	containing 	more 	than 	one
dwelling 	and 	which 	may 	have 	joint 	services 	or
facilities;
''Net 	site 	area'' 	means 	all 	developable 	land 	within
a 	project 	site 	including 	thoroughfares 	but 	excluding
land 	allocated 	as 	civic 	zones;
"New building" 	means 	and 	includes 	the
construction 	of 	a 	building 	including 	structural
supports, 	walls 	and 	a 	roof;
"Nonconforming 	structure" 	means 	a 	building 	or
structure 	that 	was 	lawfully 	erected 	prior 	to 	the
effective 	date 	of 	the 	adoption 	or 	amendment 	of 	this
chapter 	but 	no 	longer 	complies 	with 	all 	the
regulations 	applicable 	to 	the 	mauka 	area 	as 	a 	result
of 	adoption 	or 	amendment 	of 	this 	chapter 	or 	government
action 	associated 	with 	eminent 	domain;
"Nonconforming 	use" 	means 	an 	activity 	using 	land,
buildings 	or 	structures 	for 	purposes 	which 	were
legally 	established 	prior 	to 	the 	effective 	date 	of 	the
adoption 	or 	amendment 	of 	this 	chapter, 	but 	would 	not
be 	permitted 	as 	a 	new 	use 	in 	any 	of 	the 	neighborhood
zones 	established 	by 	this 	chapter;
"Outdoor 	recreation" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
recreational 	facilities 	operated 	for 	monetary 	profit
217-24
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 30
§15-217-8
or 	on 	a 	nonprofit 	basis 	and 	which 	typically 	include
swimming 	pools, 	wading 	pools, 	tennis 	courts, 	badminton
courts, 	basketball 	courts, 	baseball 	and 	soccer 	fields,
play 	areas, 	and 	clubhouse;
"Park 	and 	recreation" 	means 	a 	land 	use
classification 	under 	civic 	uses 	pertaining 	to 	parks
and 	recreational 	facilities, 	including 	gymnasiums,
playing 	fields, 	playgrounds, 	fountains, 	and 	swimming
pools;
"Parking 	access 	street" 	means 	a 	street 	from 	which
access 	to 	parking, 	driveways, 	curb 	cuts 	and 	other
vehicular 	intrusions 	into 	the 	pedestrian 	realm 	should
be 	located. 	See 	Figure 	1.10-B 	(parking 	placement
diagram), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
''Parking 	facility" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	for
off-street 	parking 	spaces 	for 	motor 	vehicles 	within 	or
outside 	of 	a 	structure 	by 	either 	a 	private 	or 	public
entity;
"Parking 	structure" 	means 	a 	building 	containing
one 	or 	more 	stories 	of 	parking 	above 	grade;
"Parking 	zone" 	means 	the 	area 	within 	a 	block
where 	parking 	is 	allowed. 	See 	Figure 	1.10-B 	(parking
placement 	diagram), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
"Passageway" 	means 	a 	pedestrian 	pathway, 	open 	or
roofed, 	that 	serves 	as 	an 	extension 	of 	the 	sidewalk 	as
it 	passes 	from 	the 	frontage 	line 	onto 	private
property, 	often 	between 	or 	through 	buildings, 	to
courtyards, 	parking 	areas 	or 	civic 	spaces.
Passageways 	shall 	be 	no 	less 	than 	fifteen 	feet 	wide.
If 	passageways 	are 	covered, 	they 	require 	a 	floor 	to
ceiling 	height 	of 	at 	least 	two 	times 	their 	width, 	but
no 	greater 	than 	three 	times 	their 	width;
"Passenger 	terminal" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	the 	provision 	of 	transportation 	of
persons 	and 	goods. 	Typical 	uses 	include 	stations,
depots, 	yards, 	dispatch 	centers 	or 	other 	facilities
for 	bus 	services, 	train 	services 	or 	taxi 	services 	but
exclude 	trucking 	terminals 	or 	moving 	and 	storage
firms;
217-25
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 31
§15-217-8
"Path" 	means 	a 	pedestrian 	way 	traversing 	a 	park,
with 	landscape 	matching 	the 	contiguous 	open 	space;
"Pedestrian 	throughway" 	means 	the 	clear 	area 	for
the 	pedestrian 	walkway 	area 	between 	the 	furnishing 	and
private 	frontage 	areas. 	The 	throughway 	must 	provide 	a
minimum 	horizontal 	and 	vertical 	clear 	zone 	area 	in
compliance 	with 	ADA requirements. 	No 	furnishings 	or
obstructions 	are 	allowed. 	See 	Figure 	1.14-A
(pedestrian 	zone 	treatment), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
of 	this 	chapter;
"Pedestrian 	zone" 	means 	the 	zone 	between 	the
building 	face 	and 	the 	curb. 	The 	elements 	of 	a
pedestrian 	zone 	are: 	the 	private 	frontage 	area, 	the
pedestrian 	throughway 	area, 	and 	the 	furnishing 	area.
See 	Figure 	1.14-A 	(pedestrian 	zone 	treatment), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Pedestrian 	zone 	fixture" 	means 	street 	furniture,
paving, 	and 	trees 	within 	the 	pedestrian 	zone,
including 	street 	trees, 	planting 	strips, 	street
lights, 	pedestrian 	lights, 	street 	furniture, 	public
art, 	sign 	poles, 	fire 	hydrants, 	signal 	and 	electrical
cabinets, 	bike 	racks, 	special 	pavement, 	and 	outdoor
seating. 	See 	Figure 	1.15 	(pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
"Personal 	services" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	services 	for 	the 	enhancement 	of 	personal
appearance, 	cleaning, 	alteration 	or 	reconditioning 	of
garments 	and 	accessories, 	and 	similar 	non-business
related 	or 	nonprofessional 	services. 	Typical 	uses
include 	reducing 	salons, 	tanning 	salons, 	barber 	shops,
tailors, 	shoe 	repair 	shops, 	self-service 	laundries,
and 	dry 	cleaning 	shops, 	but 	exclude 	uses 	classified
under 	the 	office 	and 	vocational 	school;
"Plane 	break" 	means 	a 	horizontal 	or 	vertical
recess 	or 	projection 	of 	a 	dimension 	specified 	by 	these
rules 	particular 	to 	building 	elevations, 	including
facades;
217-26
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 32
§15-217-8
"Planting 	strip" 	means 	a 	planted 	and 	landscaped
area 	accommodated 	within 	the 	furnishing 	area, 	intended
to 	provide 	a 	buffer 	between 	pedestrians 	and 	vehicles;
"Porte 	cochere" 	means 	a 	covered 	parking 	area 	and
driveway;
"Principal 	building" 	means 	the 	largest 	building
on 	a 	lot, 	usually 	located 	toward 	the 	frontage;
"Principal 	entrance" 	means 	the 	main 	point 	of
access 	for 	pedestrians 	into 	a 	building;
"Principal 	frontage" 	means 	the 	frontage
designated 	to 	bear 	the 	address 	and 	principal 	entrance
to 	the 	building, 	and 	the 	measure 	of 	minimum 	lot 	width
as 	determined 	by 	the 	lot 	owner;
"Printing 	and 	publishing" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	printing 	by 	computer, 	letterpress,
lithography, 	gravure, 	screen, 	offset, 	or 	electrostatic
(xerographic) 	copying; 	and 	other 	establishments
serving 	the 	printing 	trade 	such 	as 	bookbinding,
typesetting, 	engraving, 	photoengraving, 	and
electrotyping. 	This 	includes 	establishments 	that
publish 	newspapers, 	books 	and 	periodicals;
establishments 	manufacturing 	business 	forms 	and
binding 	devices;
"Private 	frontage" 	means 	the 	area 	of 	the
pedestrian 	throughway 	area 	that 	is 	privately 	owned.
The 	private 	frontage 	contributes 	to 	the 	character 	of
the 	neighborhood, 	and 	includes 	the 	front 	of 	building,
landscaping, 	and 	often 	a 	segment 	of 	the 	sidewalk;
"Project" 	means 	an 	endeavor 	undertaken 	by 	a
landowner 	or 	developer 	to 	develop 	a 	lot 	or 	combination
of 	lots;
"Project 	site'' 	means 	the 	gross 	land 	area 	of 	a 	lot
or 	a 	combination 	of 	lots 	for 	a 	proposed 	project;
"Promenade 	street" 	means 	a 	type 	of 	thoroughfare
that 	promotes 	pedestrian 	activity 	by 	providing
amenities 	such 	as 	wide 	sidewalks, 	street 	trees, 	street
furnishings 	and 	reduced 	curb 	cuts. 	Promenade 	streets
provide 	pedestrian 	connections 	between 	public 	open
spaces 	and 	destinations;
''Public 	building" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	buildings 	owned 	or 	developed 	by 	public
entities 	or 	developed 	on 	state-owned 	lands;
217-27
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 33
§15-217-8
"Public 	frontage" 	means 	the 	area 	of 	the
pedestrian 	throughway 	area 	that 	is 	publically 	owned.
The 	public 	frontage 	contributes 	to 	the 	character 	of
the 	neighborhood, 	and 	includes 	the 	sidewalk,
landscaping 	and 	furnishings. 	See 	Figure 	1.14
(pedestrian 	zone 	treatment), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
of 	this 	chapter;
"Public 	project" 	means 	any 	project 	or 	activity 	of
any 	county 	or 	state 	agency 	conducted 	to 	fulfill 	a
governmental 	function 	for 	public 	benefit 	and 	in
accordance 	with 	public 	policy;
"Public 	realm" 	means 	the 	area 	of 	the 	pedestrian
zone 	that 	is 	not 	contained 	within 	private 	lot 	lines;
"Public 	utility 	project" 	means 	any 	project 	or
activity 	of 	any 	county 	or 	state 	agency 	conducted 	to
upgrade 	or 	construct 	utilities, 	including 	sanitary
sewer, 	drain 	lines, 	water, 	gas, 	electrical, 	telephone,
cable, 	pedestrian 	facilities, 	and 	roadway 	systems;
"Receiving 	site" 	means 	the 	parcel 	or 	combination
of 	parcels 	where 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	can
be 	used 	to 	add 	development 	rights 	that 	have 	been
severed 	from 	a 	sending 	site;
"Recreation 	space" 	means 	an 	outdoors 	or 	indoors
open 	space 	within 	a 	development 	that 	can 	be 	located 	at
any 	level 	and 	is 	available 	for 	recreational 	use;
"Recycling 	collection 	facility" 	means 	any 	indoor
or 	outdoor 	space 	allocated 	to 	collecting 	and 	loading
recyclable 	materials 	to 	be 	transported 	to 	a 	recycling
center. 	May 	include 	bins, 	boxes, 	cans, 	kiosk 	type
structures, 	and 	reverse 	vending 	machines;
"Regulating 	plan" 	means 	a 	zoning 	map 	which
depicts 	the 	neighborhood 	zones, 	areas 	subject 	to
regulation 	by 	this 	chapter 	and 	other 	pertinent
portions 	of 	the 	authority's 	administrative 	rules;
''Religious 	facility'' 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	places 	of 	worship, 	including 	any 	church,
synagogue, 	temple, 	mosque, 	or 	other 	building 	or
facility, 	primarily 	engaged 	in 	religious 	worship. 	The
term 	"Religious 	Facility" 	does 	not 	include 	uses, 	such
as 	schools, 	recreational 	facilities, 	day-care 	or 	child
care 	facilities, 	kindergartens, 	dormitories, 	or 	other
217-28
29 7 6.
Complete printed PDF page 34
§15-217-8
facilities, 	for 	temporary 	or 	permanent 	residences,
which 	are 	connected 	or 	related 	to 	the 	religious
facility 	or 	the 	principal 	buildings 	on 	the 	site, 	or
are 	located 	on 	the 	same 	site, 	even 	if 	the 	curriculum
or 	services 	offered 	as 	part 	of 	such 	use 	includes
religious 	services 	and/or 	training;
"Reserved 	housing" 	means 	housing 	as 	defined 	in
chapter 	218, 	title 	15, 	Hawaii 	administrative 	rules;
"Residential" 	means 	premises 	available 	for 	human
dwelling;
"Restaurant" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	of 	the 	sale 	of 	food 	and/or 	beverages 	in 	a 	ready-to
eat 	state 	for 	on-site 	or 	off-site 	consumption.
Typica'lly, 	there 	are 	tables, 	counters, 	benches, 	or
other 	public 	seating 	facilities 	provided. 	Examples
include 	a 	sit-down 	dining 	facility, 	fast-food
restaurant 	(no 	drive-through), 	donut 	shop, 	pizza 	shop,
cafe, 	bakery, 	cafeteria, 	coffee 	shop, 	lunchroom,
delicatessen, 	and 	ice 	cream 	parlor. 	Includes 	micro
breweries 	as 	accessory 	to 	the 	restaurant;
"Retail 	sales" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	the 	sale 	of 	goods 	and 	merchandise;
"Right-of-way" 	means 	the 	area 	of 	a 	thoroughfare
between 	private 	lot 	lines;
"Robotic 	parking" 	means 	a 	mechanized 	parking
system 	which 	stores 	and 	retrieves 	vehicles 	in 	a
compact 	storage 	facility;
"Secondary 	frontage" 	means 	on 	corner 	lots, 	the
frontage 	that 	is 	not 	the 	principal 	frontage;
"Sending 	site" 	means 	the 	parcel 	or 	combination 	of
parcels 	where 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	can 	be
obtained 	in 	exchange 	for 	severing 	development 	rights;
"Service 	street" 	means 	a 	thoroughfare 	with 	two
travel 	lanes 	and 	one 	parking-loading 	lane 	intended 	to
provide 	vehicular 	access 	to 	lots. 	The 	pedestrian
realm 	requires 	no 	front 	yard 	space 	and 	no 	trees;
"Setback" 	means 	the 	dimension 	between 	the
building 	elevation 	and 	the 	lot 	line 	that 	must 	remain
clear 	of 	any 	buildings 	or 	other 	structures 	with 	the
exception 	of 	authorized 	encroachments;
"Shared 	parking" 	means 	a 	system 	in 	which 	the
parking 	requirements 	for 	two 	or 	more 	uses 	are 	shared
217-29
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 35
§15-217-8
amongst 	each 	other, 	thereby 	resulting 	in 	reductions 	in
the 	parking 	requirements;
"Short-term 	bicycle 	parking" 	means 	a 	place 	to
secure 	bicycles 	for 	less 	than 	eight 	hours. 	Short-term
bicycle 	parking 	can 	be 	provided 	through 	bicycle 	racks,
and 	storage 	facilities;
"Sidewalk" 	means 	the 	paved 	section 	of 	the
pedestrian 	zone 	used 	or 	intended 	to 	be 	used
exclusively 	for 	pedestrian 	activity;
"Single 	family" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	a 	single 	dwelling;
"Smart 	growth" 	means 	an 	urban 	planning 	theory
that 	concentrates 	growth 	in 	the 	center 	of 	a 	city 	to
avoid 	urban 	sprawl 	and 	advocates 	compact, 	transit
oriented, 	walkable, 	bicycle-friendly 	land 	use,
including 	complete 	streets, 	and 	mixed-use 	development
with 	a 	range 	of 	housing 	choices;
"Special 	flood 	hazard 	area'' 	means 	a 	designation
by 	the 	Federal 	Emergency 	Management 	Agency 	("FEMA")
that 	may 	include 	the 	V 	(velocity) 	zones 	and 	coastal 	A
zones 	where 	building 	construction 	is 	forbidden,
restricted, 	or 	contingent 	upon 	raising 	the 	building 	to
the 	base 	flood 	elevation;
"Standard" 	means 	a 	development 	regulation 	that 	is
required, 	rather 	than 	discretionary;
"Stepback" 	means 	a 	building 	setback 	of 	a
specified 	distance 	that 	occurs 	at 	a 	prescribed 	number
of 	stories 	above 	the 	ground;
"Story" 	means 	a 	level 	within 	a 	building 	that 	can
be 	used 	for 	living, 	work, 	storage, 	or 	recreation,
excluding 	an 	attic 	or 	raised 	basement;
"Street" 	means 	a 	walkable, 	low 	speed 	(twenty-five
miles 	per 	hour) 	thoroughfare 	primarily 	serving
abutting 	property. 	A street 	is 	used 	to 	connect
neighborhoods 	within 	the 	district. 	Streets 	emphasize
curb 	parking;
"Street 	front 	element" 	means 	the 	portion 	of 	a
building 	that 	primarily 	sits 	along 	a 	build 	to 	line 	and
creates 	a 	street 	wall 	that 	frames 	the 	street;
"Street 	screen" 	means 	a 	freestanding 	wall 	built
along 	the 	frontage 	line, 	or 	coplanar 	with 	the 	facade.
It 	may 	mask 	a 	parking 	lot 	from 	the 	thoroughfare,
217-30
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 36
§15-217-8
provide 	privacy 	to 	a 	side 	yard, 	or 	strengthen 	the
spatial 	definition 	of 	the 	public 	realm;
"Structure" 	means 	anything 	constructed 	or 	erected
with 	a 	fixed 	location 	on 	the 	ground, 	including
buildings, 	walls, 	swimming 	pools, 	and 	signs;
''Swale" 	means 	a 	low 	or 	slightly 	depressed 	natural
area 	for 	drainage;
"Tandem 	parking" 	means 	two 	cars 	parked 	nose 	to
end, 	one 	in 	front 	of 	the 	other;
"Temporary 	parking" 	means 	parking 	establish 	for 	a
fixed 	period 	of 	time 	with 	the 	intent 	to 	discontinue
such 	parking 	upon 	the 	expiration 	of 	such 	time.
Temporary 	parking 	does 	not 	involve 	the 	construction 	or
alteration 	an 	any 	permanent 	structure;
''Theater" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining 	to
performance 	theaters, 	movie 	theaters, 	and
amphitheaters;
"Thoroughfare" 	means 	a 	way 	or 	passage 	used 	by
vehicular, 	bicycle 	and 	pedestrian 	traffic.
Thoroughfares 	consist 	of 	vehicular 	lanes 	and 	the
pedestrian 	zone 	and 	provide 	access 	to 	lots 	and 	open
spaces;
"Thoroughfare 	plan" 	means 	a 	component 	of 	the
mauka 	area 	rules 	that 	shows 	planned 	changes 	to
existing 	thoroughfares 	and 	the 	general 	location 	of
planned 	new 	thoroughfares. 	See 	Figure 	1.4
(thoroughfare 	plan), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
"Transit-oriented 	development" 	means 	a 	mixed-use
area 	intended 	to 	maximize 	access 	to 	public 	transport;
often 	incorporating 	features 	to 	encourage 	transit
ridership;
"Urbanism" 	means 	collective 	term 	for 	the
condition 	of 	a 	compact, 	mixed-use 	settlement,
including 	the 	physical 	form 	of 	its 	development 	and 	its
environmental, 	functional, 	economic, 	and 	socio
cultural 	aspects;
"View 	corridor 	street" 	means 	a 	thoroughfare
identified 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan, 	where 	special
design 	and 	development 	standards 	are 	required 	to
protect 	views 	to 	the 	mountains 	and 	to 	the 	ocean. 	See
217-31
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 37
§15-217-8
Figure 	1.6A 	(view 	corridors), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
of 	this 	chapter;
"Vocational 	school" 	is 	a 	use 	classification
pertaining 	to 	training 	in 	a 	skill 	or 	trade 	to 	be
pursued 	as 	a 	career;
"Warehousing" 	is 	a 	use 	classification 	pertaining
to 	the 	wholesaling, 	storage, 	moving 	or 	bulk
distribution 	of 	goods 	other 	than 	live 	animals.
Typical 	uses 	include 	wholesale 	distributors, 	storage
warehouses, 	and 	moving 	and 	storage 	firms;
"Workforce 	housing 	project" 	means 	new 	residential
project 	as 	defined 	in 	chapter 	218, 	title 	15, 	Hawaii
administrative 	rules;
"Zone" 	means 	the 	area 	or 	district 	of 	the 	mauka
area 	through 	which 	these 	rules 	are 	organized; 	and
"Zoning 	map" 	means 	the 	official 	map 	or 	maps 	that
are 	part 	of 	the 	mauka 	area 	rules 	and 	delineate 	the
boundaries 	of 	individual 	zones 	and 	districts 	(see
regulating 	plan) 	. 	[Eff 	NOV11 	2011 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-2, 	206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-2,
206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§§15-217-9 	to 	15-217-20 	(Reserved) 	.
SUBCHAPTER 2
REGULATING PLAN AND NEIGHBORHOOD ZONES
§15-217-21 	Purpose. 	This 	subchapter 	establishes
the 	neighborhood 	zones 	within 	the 	mauka 	area, 	adopts
the 	regulating 	plan 	for 	the 	mauka 	area 	as 	its 	zoning
map, 	adopts 	the 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan 	as 	an
overlay 	to 	the 	regulating 	plan, 	and 	establishes
standards 	applicable 	to 	neighborhood 	zones.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	J 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS 	§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
217-32
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 38
§15-217-23
§15-217-22 	Regulating 	plan. 	The 	mauka 	area
rules 	regulating 	plan 	(hereafter 	referred 	to 	as 	the
"Regulating 	Plan"), 	included 	as 	Figure 	1.2 	(regulating
plan), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter,
identifies 	the 	neighborhood 	zones 	provided 	in 	section
15-217-23 	(neighborhood 	zones). 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 J
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-23 	Neighborhood 	zones. 	(a) 	The
regulating 	plan 	is 	divided 	into 	neighborhood 	zones
corresponding 	to 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan. 	These
neighborhood 	zones 	and 	their 	corresponding 	development
and 	use 	rules 	and 	guidelines 	are 	as 	follows:
(1) 	Civic 	center 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.l 	(civic
center), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter). 	The 	civic 	center
neighborhood 	zone 	is 	located 	adjacent 	to 	the
Hawaii 	capital 	district. 	The 	civic 	center
zone 	will 	be 	characterized 	by 	civic
buildings 	in 	campus-like 	settings 	with
reduced 	building 	heights 	to 	respect 	the
scale 	of 	existing 	historic 	resources 	both
within 	and 	adjacent 	to 	the 	zone.
Significant 	landscaping 	features 	will 	be
retained 	and 	enhanced 	through 	new 	plantings;
(2) 	Kapiolani 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.2 	(Kapiolani),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter). 	The 	Kapiolani 	zone 	will 	be 	a
central 	corridor 	providing 	for 	mixed-use
buildings 	including 	ground 	floor 	commercial
retail 	and 	services, 	and 	office 	and
residential 	uses 	on 	upper 	floors;
(3) 	Thomas 	square 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.3 	(Thomas
square), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter). 	The 	Thomas 	square 	zone 	will
continue 	as 	a 	civic 	focal 	point 	for 	the
217-33
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 39
§15-217-23
mauka 	area 	through 	its 	civic 	buildings 	and
uses 	facilitating 	educational, 	performance
and 	entertainment 	endeavors. 	Buildings 	will
be 	provide 	large 	setbacks 	and 	with
complementary 	mature 	landscaping;
(4) 	Sheridan 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.4 	(Sheridan),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter). 	The 	Sheridan 	zone 	will 	consist
predominately 	of 	a 	residential 	neighborhood
with 	markedly 	lower 	scale 	buildings 	when
compared 	to 	the 	remainder 	of 	the 	mauka 	area.
However, 	commercial 	uses 	will 	continue 	along
King, 	Pensacola, 	and 	Piikoi 	Streets;
preferably 	within 	mixed-use 	building 	with
upper 	floors 	of 	residential 	or 	office 	uses;
(5) 	Central 	Kakaako 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.5
(central 	Kakaako), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter). 	The 	central
Kakaako 	zone 	will 	support 	the 	continued
operation 	of 	service 	businesses 	including
those 	which 	are 	industrial 	such 	as 	repair
shops 	and 	manufacturing 	or 	distribution, 	as
well 	as 	residential 	mixed-use 	projects
within 	its 	zone. 	Inadequate 	infrastructure
will 	be 	repaired 	or 	upgraded 	to 	adequately
support 	existing 	and 	planned 	development 	and
uses;
(6) 	Pauahi 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.6 	(Pauahi), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter).
The 	Pauahi 	zone 	will 	transition 	into 	a
mixed-use 	urban 	village 	of 	significantly
increased 	building 	heights 	and 	density. 	The
Pauahi 	neighborhood 	will 	also 	continue 	to
provide 	important 	link 	from 	the 	makai 	area
of 	Kakaako's 	waterfront 	up 	toward 	mauka.
Walkability 	will 	be 	improved 	through 	the
insertion 	of 	new 	thoroughfares 	or
passageways; 	and
217-34
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 40
§15-217-24
(7) 	Auahi 	zone 	(see 	Figure 	NZ.7 	(Auahi), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter).
The 	Auahi 	zone 	will 	function 	as 	Kakaako's
main 	retail, 	restaurant 	and 	entertainment
area. 	Changes 	to 	existing 	building 	forms
will 	better 	accommodate 	pedestrians 	by
relegating 	vehicles 	to 	less 	prominent
positions. 	Additionally, 	new 	thoroughfares
or 	passageways 	will 	reduce 	block 	sizes 	and,
consequently, 	further 	increase 	pedestrian
orientation.
(b) 	Standards 	applicable 	to 	neighborhood 	zones.
All 	development, 	use, 	and 	construction 	within 	the
neighborhood 	zones 	shall 	conform 	to 	the 	standards 	set
forth 	in 	Figure 	1.3 	(development 	standards 	summary),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	Figures 	NZ.1
to 	NZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter,
which 	allocate 	building 	type, 	frontage 	type, 	building
placement, 	building 	form, 	land 	use, 	allowed 	height,
build 	to 	line, 	and 	parking 	access.
(c) 	Standards 	applicable 	to 	entire 	mauka 	area.
The 	standards 	applicable 	to 	each 	neighborhood 	zone,
building 	type 	or 	frontage 	type 	may 	be 	further 	modified
by 	subchapter 	4 	(area 	wide 	standards).
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7, 	206E-33) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7,
206E-33)
§15-217-24 	Building 	types. 	All 	buildings 	shall
conform 	with 	the 	building 	standards 	set 	forth 	in
Figures 	BT.l 	to 	BT.10, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	which 	specify 	lot 	and 	facade 	width, 	access,
parking, 	open 	space, 	landscaping, 	frontage 	types, 	and
building 	massing 	standards 	to 	each 	building 	type.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
217-35
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 41
§15-217-25
§15-217-25 	Frontage 	types. 	All 	buildings 	shall
conform 	with 	the 	frontage 	standards 	set 	forth 	in
Figures 	FT.1 	to 	FT.12, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	which 	specify 	dimension 	and 	element 	standards
for 	each 	frontage 	type. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth:
HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-26 	Land 	uses. 	(a) 	Buildings 	and 	lots
in 	each 	neighborhood 	zone 	shall 	conform 	to 	the 	land
uses 	specified 	in 	Figure 	1.9 	(land 	use), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(b) 	Any 	one 	or 	more 	allowed 	land 	uses 	may 	be
established 	on 	any 	lot, 	subject 	to 	Figure 	1.9 	(land
use), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(c) 	Where 	a 	single 	lot 	is 	proposed 	for
development 	with 	two 	or 	more 	land 	uses 	listed 	in
Figure 	1.9 	(land 	use), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	the 	project 	shall 	be 	subject 	to 	the 	permit
with 	the 	highest 	level 	of 	discretionary 	review.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§206E-7)
§15-217-27 	Parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan. 	(a) 	The
mauka 	area 	rules 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan 	(hereafter
referred 	to 	as 	the 	"Parks 	and 	Open 	Space 	Plan"),
modifies 	or 	maintains 	the 	underlying 	standards 	of 	any
applicable 	neighborhood 	zone, 	building 	type, 	frontage
type 	or 	land 	use, 	as 	provided 	for 	in 	this 	section.
(b) 	Each 	park 	and 	open 	space 	shall 	be 	designed
as 	described 	in 	Figure 	1.11 	(civic 	space), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(c) 	Any 	improvement 	project 	performed 	on 	any
park 	or 	open 	space 	shall 	require 	the 	executive
director's 	approval 	of 	a 	rules 	clearance 	pursuant 	to
217-36
2916
Complete printed PDF page 42
§15-217-27
section 	15-217-79 	(rules 	clearance), 	without 	public
hearing, 	when 	in 	compliance 	with 	all 	standards 	of 	this
chapter.
( d) 	Overlay 	provisions. 	The 	following 	standards
apply 	to 	the 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan:
(1) 	Neighborhood 	zone 	standards. 	Parks 	and 	open
space 	areas 	are 	indicated 	on 	Figure 	1.5
(parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan), 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter. 	These
areas 	shall 	be 	retained 	as 	open 	space 	or
parks 	as 	indicated. 	Any 	building 	in 	these
areas 	shall 	be 	located 	according 	to 	the
building 	placement 	indicated 	on 	Figures 	NZ.l
to 	NZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter;
(2) 	Building 	type 	standards. 	A lot 	or 	portion
of 	a 	lot 	designated 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	on
the 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan 	shall 	only
accommodate 	civic, 	institutional, 	or
community-related 	buildings 	that 	are
subordinate 	to 	and 	serve 	the 	open 	space 	or
parks 	areas 	only;
(3) 	Frontage 	type 	standards. 	A lot 	or 	portion
of 	a 	lot 	designated 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	on
the 	parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan 	is 	not
required 	to 	include 	any 	of 	the 	permitted
frontage 	types 	indicated 	in 	the 	rules,
however, 	these 	areas 	may 	include 	any 	of 	the
permitted 	frontage 	types 	on 	buildings 	that
are 	subordinate 	to 	and 	serve 	the 	open 	space
or 	parks 	areas;
(4) 	Land 	use:
(A) 	Permissible 	land 	uses 	within 	a 	lot 	or
portion 	of 	a 	lot 	designated 	parks 	and
open 	space 	on 	the 	parks 	and 	open 	space
plan 	shall 	be 	limited 	to 	the 	following
classifications:
(i) 	Assembly;
(ii) 	Cultural 	facilities;
(iii) 	Park 	and 	recreation;
217-37
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 43
§15-217-27
(iv) 	Government 	facilities;
(v) 	Educational 	facilities;
(vi) 	Outdoor 	recreation;
(vii) 	Indoor 	recreation; 	and
(viii) 	Theater; 	and
(B) 	Permissible 	land 	uses 	within 	a 	lot 	or
portion 	of 	a 	lot 	designated 	parks 	and
open 	space 	on 	Figure 	1.5 	(parks 	and
open 	space 	plan), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter,
shall 	be 	limited 	to 	the 	following
classifications:
(i) 	Continuance 	of 	a 	legal
conforming 	land 	use, 	if 	present
at 	the 	time 	of 	the 	rules
effective 	date;
(ii) 	Any 	land 	use 	classification
provided 	for 	the 	applicable
neighborhood 	zone; 	or
(iii) 	When 	acquired 	by 	the 	authority
and 	redeveloped 	into 	a 	civic
space 	consistent 	with 	Figure
1.11 	(civic 	space), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	or
prior 	to 	such 	redevelopment, 	any
of 	those 	uses 	provided 	by
section 	15-217-27 	(d) (4) 	(A)
(parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan); 	and
(5) 	Subchapter 	4 	(area 	wide 	standards). 	All
provisions 	of 	subchapter 	4 	shall 	apply 	to
parks 	and 	open 	space 	on 	Figure 	1.5 	(parks
and 	open 	space 	plan), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	a~i 	~ed 	at	af 111	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter. 	[Eff 	V 	]
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp:
HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§§15-217-28 	to 	15-217-37 	(Reserved) 	.
217-38
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 44
§15-217-39
SUBCHAPTER 3
THOROUGHFAREPLAN AND STANDARDS
§15-217-38 	Purpose. 	(a) 	To 	translate 	the 	urban
road 	classifications 	defined 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan
into 	standards 	for 	the 	pedestrian 	zone.
(b) 	To 	prioritize 	the 	pedestrian 	over 	vehicular
transportation 	modes 	in 	thoroughfare 	planning 	and
design, 	through 	the 	provision 	of 	ample 	sidewalk
amenities 	and 	a 	hierarchy 	of 	sidewalk 	sizes.
(c) 	To 	provide 	standards 	for 	promenade 	streets
and 	view 	corridors. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-39 	Thoroughfare 	plan 	and 	standards. 	(a)
The 	mauka 	area 	rules 	thoroughfare 	plan 	(hereafter
referred 	to 	as 	the 	"Thoroughfare 	Plan"), 	shall 	consist
of: 	Figure 	1.4 	(thoroughfare 	plan), 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter; 	Figures 	1.7A 	and 	1.7B 	(street
tree 	plan 	and 	charts), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter; 	Figure 	1.14 	(pedestrian 	zone 	treatment),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter; 	Figure 	1.15
(pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made
a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter; 	and 	Figures 	PZ.1 	to 	PZ.7 	(pedestrian
zone 	treatment), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(b) 	Applicability:
(1) 	The 	standards 	provided 	in 	the 	thoroughfare
plan 	shall 	be 	applicable 	to 	all 	existing 	and
proposed 	thoroughfares 	within 	the 	mauka 	area
plan, 	except 	for 	that 	portion 	of 	the
right-of-way 	that 	falls 	within 	the 	curb 	to
curb 	area. 	The 	authority 	will 	rely 	upon 	the
217-39
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 45
§15-217-39
mauka 	area 	plan 	to 	determine 	the 	curb 	to
curb 	attributes 	of 	thoroughfares;
(2) 	Design 	conflicts 	between 	vehicular 	and
pedestrian 	movement 	in 	new 	thoroughfares
shall 	be 	generally 	decided 	in 	favor 	of 	the
pedestrian, 	unless 	there 	is 	overriding
public 	interest 	which 	dictates 	that 	the
conflict 	be 	resolved 	in 	favor 	of 	vehicular
movement; 	and
(3) 	Developments 	and 	improvement 	projects 	shall
be 	required 	to 	comply 	with 	the 	thoroughfare
plan, 	if 	applicable 	to 	their 	frontage 	type.
Development 	or 	improvement 	projects 	as 	well
as 	additions 	to 	existing 	buildings 	shall 	be
required 	to 	comply 	with 	the 	thoroughfare
plan 	if 	the 	value 	of 	the 	changes 	or
renovations 	to 	the 	property 	are 	greater 	than
or 	equal 	to 	fifty 	per 	cent 	of 	the
replacement 	value 	of 	the 	existing
improvements.
(c) 	General 	to 	all 	thoroughfares:
(1) 	With 	the 	exception 	of 	service 	streets,
alleys 	and 	streets 	with 	a 	right-of-way
measuring 	forty 	feet 	or 	less, 	every
thoroughfare 	shall 	have 	street 	trees 	planted
along 	their 	length 	within 	the 	public
frontage 	area. 	Service 	streets 	and 	alleys
may 	include 	street 	trees, 	subject 	to 	the
executive 	director's 	determination 	of 	size,
location 	and 	species; 	and
(2) 	Requirements 	presented 	in 	the 	rules 	for
promenade 	streets 	shall 	take 	precedence 	over
other 	requirements 	presented 	for 	the
thoroughfare 	type.
(d) 	Pedestrian 	zone:
(1) 	The 	pedestrian 	zone 	is 	distinguished 	and
organized 	according 	to 	three 	functional
categories: 	furnishing 	area, 	pedestrian
throughway 	area, 	and 	private 	frontage 	area.
Portions 	of 	this 	zone 	may 	be 	publically
owned 	or 	privately-owned. 	Pedestrian 	zone
standards 	shall 	apply 	to 	all 	thoroughfares
217-40
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 46
§15-217-39
as 	shown 	in 	Figure 	1.4 	(thoroughfare 	plan),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	unless 	otherwise 	noted 	in 	the
rules;
(2) 	Pedestrian 	zones 	in 	each 	neighborhood 	shall
comply 	with 	the 	requirements 	set 	forth 	in
Figures 	PZ.1 	to 	PZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(3) 	Special 	paving 	(differentiated 	by 	texture,
color, 	patterned 	brick, 	or 	stone) 	may 	be
used 	in 	the 	pedestrian 	zone, 	especially
along 	promenade 	thoroughfares, 	but 	must 	be
reviewed 	and 	approved 	by 	the 	executive
director;
(4) 	All 	thoroughfares 	except 	service 	streets 	and
alleys 	should 	have 	pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures
within 	the 	furnishing 	zone, 	as 	indicated 	in
Figures 	1.14 	(pedestrian 	zone 	treatment) 	and
1.15 	(pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(5) 	Pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures 	shall 	be 	placed
within 	the 	furnishing 	area 	as 	shown 	in
Figures 	PZ.1 	to 	PZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(6) 	All 	pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures 	shall 	be 	at
least 	two 	feet 	from 	the 	curb 	edge; 	and
(7) 	Waste 	receptacles 	should 	be 	located 	in 	close
proximity 	to 	seating 	areas 	provided.
(e) 	Street 	trees 	and 	landscaping:
(1) 	Street 	trees 	shall 	be 	planted 	in 	a
regularly-spaced 	pattern 	of 	a 	single 	species
with 	shade 	canopies 	of 	a 	height 	that 	at
maturity, 	clears 	at 	least 	one 	story 	as 	per
Figures 	1.7A 	and 	1.7B 	(street 	trees), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(2) 	Where 	the 	terrace 	front 	frontage 	type 	is
used, 	trees 	shall 	be 	included 	within 	the 	lot
217-41
2976
Complete printed PDF page 47
§15-217-39
lines 	that 	are 	aligned 	with 	trees 	in 	the
public 	pedestrian 	zone 	to 	form 	a 	double 	row
of 	tress 	(i.e., 	an 	allee 	pattern) 	along 	the
sidewalk;
(3) 	When 	the 	shopfront 	frontage 	type 	is 	used,
street 	trees 	shall 	be 	maintained 	to 	avoid
visually 	obscuring 	the 	shopfronts 	and 	their
accompanying 	signage; 	and
(4) 	Landscaping 	adjacent 	to 	sidewalks 	shall 	be
free 	from 	spiky 	plants, 	rapidly 	growing
vines, 	and 	other 	landscaping 	that 	may 	cause
harm 	to 	pedestrians.
(f) 	Street 	lighting:
(1) 	On promenade 	streets, 	a 	pedestrian 	tier 	lamp
on 	the 	sidewalk 	side, 	such 	as 	the 	decorative
street 	light 	fixture 	ensemble 	'A' 	in 	Figure
1.15-B 	(pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter,
shall 	be 	used; 	provided, 	however, 	that 	the
executive 	director 	may 	approve 	an
alternative 	light 	fixture 	of 	similar 	height,
design 	and 	lighting 	characteristics;
(2) 	On boulevards, 	avenues 	and 	streets, 	other
than 	promenade 	streets, 	a 	light 	fixture 	such
as 	the 	special 	design 	fixture 	ensemble 	'B'
in 	Figure 	1.15-C 	(pedestrian 	zone 	fixtures),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	shall 	be 	used; 	provided, 	however,
that 	the 	executive 	director 	may 	approve 	an
alternative 	light 	fixture 	of 	similar 	height,
design 	and 	lighting 	characteristics; 	and
(3) 	Street 	lighting 	shall 	illuminate 	both 	the
sidewalk 	and 	vehicular 	lanes, 	especially
along 	promenade 	streets.
(g) 	Planting 	strip:
(1) 	Planting 	strips 	may 	be 	accommodated 	within
the 	furnishing 	zone, 	as 	indicated 	in 	Figures
PZ.1 	to 	PZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter;
217-42
2976
Complete printed PDF page 48
§15-217-51
(2) 	Planting 	strips 	may 	be 	designed 	to 	have 	a
variety 	of 	materials 	such 	as 	cobbles, 	river
pebbles, 	planting, 	permeable 	pavers, 	or
compacted 	stonedust, 	for 	a 	permeable
surface;
(3) 	Planting 	strips 	designed 	to 	incorporate 	bio
swales 	or 	water 	retention 	areas 	to 	mitigate
stormwater 	runoff 	are 	encouraged;
(4) 	Planting 	strips 	may 	project 	beyond 	the 	curb
edge 	to 	create 	breaks 	in 	the 	street 	parking.
These 	projections 	are 	encouraged 	to 	be
designed 	as 	a 	pattern 	along 	the 	entire
street 	length; 	and
(5) 	Vegetation 	within 	planting 	strtps 	should 	be
native, 	disease 	resistant, 	and 	appropriate
to 	the 	climate.
(h) 	Promenade 	streets. 	In 	addition 	to 	the
criteria 	relating 	to 	promenade 	streets 	presented 	in
the 	rules, 	thoroughfares 	designated 	as 	promenade
streets 	shall 	be 	constructed 	as 	indicated 	in 	Figures
PZ.1 	to 	PZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7, 	206E-33) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7,
206E-33)
§§15-217-40 	to 	15-217-50 	(Reserved) 	.
SUBCHAPTER 4
AREA-WIDE STANDARDS
§15-217-51 	Purpose. 	(a) 	This 	subchapter
provides 	standards 	that:
(1) 	Apply 	throughout 	the 	mauka 	area; 	and
(2) 	Either 	supplement 	or 	modify 	other 	standards
provided 	elsewhere 	in 	the 	rules.
(b) 	This 	subchapter 	concisely 	organizes
standards 	by 	topic 	in 	order 	to 	ease 	the 	understanding
217-43
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 49
§15-217-51
and 	application 	of 	its 	provisions. 	[Eff 	NOV11 20l1
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-52 	Applicability. 	This 	subchapter
applies 	to 	all 	permit 	applications 	and 	use
classifications, 	except 	where 	a 	section 	provides
otherwise. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-53 	Building 	placement. 	(a) 	Facades
shall 	be 	built 	parallel 	to 	a 	build 	to 	line 	with 	a
minimum 	frontage 	occupancy 	as 	per 	Figure 	1.13-C
(building 	placement 	and 	encroachments), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(b) 	Wherever 	a 	build 	to 	line 	is 	equal 	to 	or
greater 	than 	fifteen 	feet, 	a 	terrace 	front 	frontage
type 	(see 	Figure 	FT.8 	(terrace 	front), 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter) 	shall 	be 	used.
(c) 	For 	frontage 	occupancy 	calculations, 	single
buildings 	that 	form 	a 	courtyard 	of 	fifteen 	feet 	in
width 	or 	less 	by 	recessing 	a 	portion 	of 	the 	building
from 	the 	build 	to 	line 	shall 	be 	measured 	as 	the 	full
width 	of 	the 	building 	parallel 	to 	the 	build 	to 	line.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-54 	Building 	form. 	(a) 	The 	height 	of
any 	building 	or 	structure 	or 	portion 	thereof 	shall 	be
measured 	from 	ground 	elevation.
(b) 	Height 	limits 	for 	attics 	or 	raised
basements, 	masts, 	belfries, 	clock 	towers, 	chimney
flues, 	elevator 	bulkheads, 	church 	spires, 	cupolas,
domes, 	ventilators, 	skylights, 	parapet 	walls,
cornices, 	solar 	energy 	systems, 	or 	necessary
mechanical 	appurtenances 	on 	the 	roof 	level 	shall 	be
limited 	to 	the 	height 	necessary 	for 	their 	proper
217-44
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 50
§15-217-54
functioning. 	The 	executive 	director 	shall 	make 	the
final 	determination 	on 	the 	height 	necessary 	for 	their
proper 	functioning. 	Attics 	shall 	not 	exceed 	fourteen
feet 	in 	height.
(c) 	Where 	the 	floor 	plate 	ratio 	identified 	in
Figures 	BT.l 	to 	BT.10, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	indicate 	a 	value 	of 	less 	than 	one 	hundred 	per
cent, 	the 	remainder 	value 	of 	setback 	area 	is
considered 	the 	building 	void 	(see 	Figure 	1.12-C
(illustrative 	building 	void 	and 	floor 	plate 	diagrams),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter). 	At 	least
twenty-five 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	building 	void 	shall 	be
located 	along 	the 	facade 	and 	have 	a 	minimum 	depth 	of
ten 	feet, 	as 	measured 	from 	the 	facade 	toward 	the 	rear
lot 	line; 	provided, 	however, 	that 	this 	minimum 	depth
from 	the 	facade 	shall 	be 	increased 	by 	three 	feet 	for
every 	ten 	feet 	of 	building 	height.
(d) 	Any 	part 	of 	a 	building 	which 	is 	taller 	than
sixty-five 	feet 	and 	fronting 	a 	view 	corridor 	street
(see 	Figure 	1.6A 	(view 	corridors), 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter) 	shall 	be 	setback 	from 	the 	lot
line 	abutting 	the 	view 	corridor 	by 	fifty 	feet.
(e) 	Except 	in 	the 	Sheridan 	neighborhood 	zone,
all 	ground 	floors 	shall 	be 	at 	least 	twelve 	feet 	tall
along 	all 	thoroughfares.
(f) 	All 	new 	principal 	buildings 	shall 	be
designed 	with 	a 	street 	front 	element 	conforming 	to
Figure 	1.3-D 	(development 	standards 	summary 	- 	building
form), 	dated 	September 	201i, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter. 	See
Figure 	1.12-A 	(illustrative 	building 	form 	diagram),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	for 	an
illustrative 	example 	of 	a 	street 	front 	element.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
217-45
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 51
§15-217-55
§15-217-55 	Architectural 	design. 	(a) 	Awnings,
trellises 	and 	canopies:
(1) 	The 	use 	of 	vinyl 	or 	plastic 	awnings,
trellises 	and 	canopies 	is 	prohibited 	along
promenade 	streets 	and 	view 	corridor 	streets;
(2) 	Awnings, 	trellises, 	and 	canopies 	shall
comply 	with 	Figure 	1.13 	(building 	placement
and 	encroachments), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(3) 	Awnings, 	trellises, 	and 	canopies 	shall 	not
obstruct 	views 	of 	pedestrian-oriented
signage 	(e.g., 	blade 	sign) 	for 	shops 	and
businesses; 	and
(4) 	The 	location 	of 	awnings 	on 	a 	facade 	shall 	be
of 	a 	consistent 	height. 	Similarly, 	the
location 	of 	awning 	on 	a 	facade 	shall
generally 	align 	with 	those 	on 	adjacent
buildings, 	to 	the 	extent 	practicable.
(b) 	Balconies:
(1) 	Balconies 	shall 	be 	accessible 	from 	inside
the 	building;
(2) 	Balconies 	shall 	not 	be 	completely 	enclosed;
(3) 	Balconies 	shall 	comply 	with 	Figure 	1.13
(building 	placement 	and 	encroachments),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter; 	and
(4) 	For 	floors 	one 	through 	five, 	balconies
adjoining 	dwellings 	within 	multi-family
buildings 	shall 	have 	a 	minimum 	depth 	of 	at
least 	five 	feet.
(c) 	Buildings 	with 	auto 	rental 	or 	sales 	uses:
(1) 	Applicability. 	This 	subsection 	shall 	apply
to 	all 	existing 	and 	new 	principal 	buildings
used 	or 	intended 	to 	accommodate 	auto 	rental
or 	sales 	and/or 	auto 	repair 	land 	use
classifications;
(2) 	Showrooms 	shall 	be 	located 	at 	the 	frontage
line 	and 	include 	a 	fenestration 	value 	of
seventy-five 	per 	cent 	at 	the 	first 	floor 	of
the 	facade;
217-46
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 52
§15-217-55
(3) 	Vehicle 	repairs 	shall 	occur 	within 	a
separate 	building 	located 	behind 	the
principal 	building 	or 	portion 	of 	a 	principal
building 	located 	behind 	the 	showroom;
provided, 	however, 	that 	vehicle 	repairs 	may
be 	located 	within 	floor 	area 	at 	a 	frontage
line 	abutting 	a 	primary 	parking 	street;
(4) 	Service 	bays 	shall 	not 	be 	visible 	from 	an
abutting 	alternative 	parking 	access 	street
or 	promenade 	street;
(5) 	Pedestrian 	pathways 	shall 	lead 	pedestrians
from 	the 	public 	sidewalk 	and 	customer
parking 	areas 	to 	the 	vehicle 	showroom 	and
service 	areas;
(6) 	Service 	bays, 	vehicle 	displays 	or 	storage
areas 	shall 	be 	screened 	from 	view 	from
abutting 	thoroughfares 	through 	building
placement, 	landscaping, 	fencing, 	and/or
decorative 	walls; 	and
(7) 	Water 	efficient 	landscaping 	and 	low 	accent
walls 	between 	two 	to 	three 	feet 	in 	height
shall 	be 	installed 	along 	all 	outdoor
displays 	and 	parking 	lot 	perimeters.
(d) 	Storm 	water 	drainage. 	Rainwater 	shall 	be
diverted 	away 	from 	sidewalks 	through 	downspouts
visible 	on 	the 	rear 	building 	elevation, 	internal 	drain
pipes, 	or 	through 	awnings 	or 	canopies.
(e) 	Fences, 	walls, 	and 	hedges:
(1) 	Fences, 	walls, 	and 	hedges 	may 	be 	constructed
or 	installed 	to 	a 	height 	of 	six 	feet 	in 	any
side 	yard 	or 	rear 	yard 	and 	to 	a 	height 	of
four 	feet 	in 	any 	portion 	of 	a 	front 	yard 	or
a 	side 	yard 	that 	faces 	a 	thoroughfare,
except 	where 	the 	rear 	yard 	or 	side 	yard
abuts 	a 	parking 	lot 	or 	industrial 	use, 	a
maximum 	six-foot 	tall 	fence, 	hedge 	or 	wall
is 	permitted;
(2) 	Retaining 	walls 	shall 	be 	constructed 	out 	of
masonry 	or 	stone 	or 	another 	equally 	durable
material;
(3) 	Fences 	shall 	be 	constructed 	out 	of
ornamental 	iron, 	steel, 	wood 	pickets 	and/or
217-47
2976
Complete printed PDF page 53
§15-217-55
a 	synthetic 	wood 	product 	(such 	as 	wood
filled 	Recycled 	plastic 	lumber) 	and 	may 	have
stucco 	or 	masonry 	piers;
(4) 	Chain 	link, 	barbed 	wire, 	vinyl, 	plastic 	or
exposed 	cinder 	block 	walls 	are 	prohibited
within 	front 	yards 	abutting 	any 	boulevard,
avenue, 	or 	promenade 	street; 	and
(5) 	Fences 	in 	front 	yards 	or 	side 	yards 	facing 	a
thoroughfare 	shall 	be 	painted 	or 	constructed
out 	of 	a 	decorative 	material 	compatible 	with
the 	materials 	of 	the 	principal 	building.
(f) 	Lighting:
(1) 	Entrances, 	arcades 	and 	passageways 	shall 	be
illuminated;
(2) 	Courtyards, 	passageways, 	roof 	gardens,
corner 	plazas, 	and 	other 	landscaped 	areas
shall 	provide 	pedestrian-scaled, 	tamper
proof 	lights;
(3) 	Lighting 	sources 	shall 	be 	constructed 	or
installed 	so 	that 	light 	is 	aimed 	downwards
and 	does 	not 	spill 	over 	to 	abutting
properties;
(4) 	Lighting 	that 	is 	visible 	from 	adjacent
properties 	or 	thoroughfares 	shall 	be
indirect 	or 	incorporate 	full 	shield 	cut
offs;
(5) 	Incandescent 	exterior 	lights 	and 	high
pressure 	sodium 	lights 	are 	prohibited; 	and
(6) 	Architectural 	details 	may 	be 	accented
through 	lighting.
(g) 	Building 	facade 	and 	elevation 	materials. 	A
change 	of 	exterior 	texture 	and 	material 	shall 	be
accompanied 	by 	a 	change 	in 	plane. 	However, 	glazing
and 	spandrel 	glass 	is 	exempt 	from 	this 	provision.
(h) 	Roofs:
(1) 	Roofs 	may 	be 	accessible 	and 	used 	as 	roof
decks, 	gardens, 	balconies 	or 	terraces;
(2) 	Roofs 	shall 	be 	finished 	with 	light 	colors
for 	reflectivity 	or 	incorporate 	landscaping;
and
(3) 	Roof 	top 	mechanical 	equipment 	shall 	be
clustered 	away 	from 	the 	edge 	of 	the 	building
217-48
2976
Complete printed PDF page 54
§15-217-55
and 	either 	painted 	to 	match 	the 	roof 	top 	or
located 	behind 	a 	parapet 	wall 	or 	in 	a 	roof
top 	mechanical 	equipment 	enclosure 	so 	that
it 	is 	not 	visible 	from 	a 	thoroughfare,
historic 	or 	public 	buildings.
(i) 	Service 	functions:
(1) 	Utilities, 	service 	elements, 	recycling 	and
trash 	elements 	shall 	be 	located 	off 	alleys
(where 	present), 	or 	in 	structured 	parking
garages 	where 	they 	exist. 	Alternatively,
they 	may 	be 	located 	at 	least 	ten 	feet 	behind
the 	facade 	of 	a 	principal 	building 	or
screened 	from 	view 	from 	a 	thoroughfare 	other
than 	an 	alley 	or 	service 	street, 	with 	a
hedge, 	landscaping, 	low 	wall, 	or 	fence;
(2) 	Prohibited 	materials 	for 	constructing
recycling 	or 	trash 	enclosures 	include:
chain 	link, 	fencing 	with 	slats 	mesh 	screen,
cinderblocks, 	or 	unpainted 	wood;
(3) 	Utilities 	and 	service 	elements 	that 	are
visible 	from 	thoroughfares 	shall 	be
incorporated 	in 	the 	building 	structure 	in 	a
manner 	accessible 	to 	the 	trash 	collection
service 	provider, 	but 	shall 	not 	be 	visually
intrusive 	through 	use 	of 	the 	following
strategies:
(A) 	Burying 	underground 	(utility 	wires,
meters, 	transformers);
(B) 	Incorporation 	into 	the 	building 	or
parking 	garage 	as 	a 	utility 	room
(meters, 	transformers);
(C) 	Screening 	behind 	building 	(meters,
terminal 	boxes); 	and
(D) 	Clustering 	on 	roof 	within 	a 	mechanical
enclosure 	(HVAC); 	and
(4) 	Recycling 	or 	trash 	enclosures 	shall 	be 	of 	a
similar 	material 	and 	color 	with 	the
principal 	building.
(j) 	Signage. 	All 	signs 	shall 	be 	in 	compliance
with 	the 	applicable 	rules 	and 	regulations 	administered
by 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu, 	as 	provided 	for 	in
217-49
2976
Complete printed PDF page 55
§15-217-55
the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu's 	land 	use 	ordinance,
as 	it 	may 	be 	amended 	from 	time 	to 	time.
(k) 	Windows:
(1) 	Highly-reflective, 	mirrored, 	and 	opaque
window 	glazing 	are 	prohibited;
(2) 	Window 	glazing 	shall 	be 	transparent 	with
clear 	or 	limited 	UV tint 	so 	as 	to 	provide
views 	out 	of 	and 	into 	the 	building. 	Visible
light 	transmission 	level 	of 	windows 	on 	the
ground 	floor 	shall 	be 	seventy 	per 	cent 	or
greater 	and 	on 	all 	other 	floors 	the 	visible
light 	transmission 	level 	shall 	be 	fifty 	per
cent 	or 	greater;
(3) 	For 	floors 	one 	through 	ten, 	all 	principal
building 	windows 	shall 	be 	operable;
(4) 	Vinyl 	window 	frames 	are 	prohibited, 	except
for 	Figures 	BT.1 	to 	BT.3, 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(5) 	Pop-in 	muntins 	are 	prohibited 	below 	the
third 	floor; 	and
(6) 	Window 	grilles 	are 	prohibited 	except 	at
window 	openings 	to 	podium 	parking 	or 	on
building 	elevations 	facing 	alleys.
(1) 	View 	preservation:
(1) 	Mauka 	and 	makai 	views 	to 	the 	mountains 	and
the 	waterfront 	shall 	be 	preserved 	through
orientation 	of 	towers 	with 	the 	long 	side 	of
the 	tower 	parallel 	to 	the 	mauka-makai 	axis
(see 	definitions 	section 	and 	Figure 	1.6B
(view 	preservation), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of-this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter);
(2) 	The 	orientation 	of 	the 	tower 	may 	deviate
from 	its 	designated 	mauka-makai 	axis 	by 	a
maximum 	of 	twenty 	degrees. 	The 	authority
may 	consider, 	pursuant 	to 	section 	15-217-82
of 	this 	rule, 	a 	deviation 	of 	the 	tower
orientation 	of 	more 	than 	twenty 	degrees 	from
the 	designated 	mauka-makai 	axis 	provided
that 	the 	applicant 	demonstrates 	to 	the
satisfaction 	of 	the 	authority 	that 	based 	on
217-50
2976
Complete printed PDF page 56
§15-217-55
building 	massing, 	tower 	floor 	plate 	size,
tower 	configuration, 	tower 	orientation,
energy 	efficiencies, 	and 	other 	pertinent
factors 	that 	the 	proposed 	tower 	orientation
will 	not 	have 	a 	greater 	impact 	on 	mauka
makai 	view 	than 	would 	result 	from 	a 	twenty
degree 	mauka-makai 	orientation;
(3) 	The 	tower 	floor 	plate 	shall 	not 	exceed 	a
horizontal 	plan 	projection 	dimension 	of 	one
hundred 	and 	fifty 	feet 	on 	one 	direction 	and
a 	maximum 	length 	of 	two 	hundred 	and 	ten 	feet
between 	two 	farthest 	points 	of 	the 	tower
floor 	plate. 	The 	plan 	projection 	dimension
measured 	perpendicular 	to 	the 	horizontal
projection 	may 	exceed 	one 	hundred 	and 	fifty
feet 	provided 	that 	the 	maximum 	dimension
between 	two 	farthest 	points 	on 	the 	tower
foot 	print 	do 	not 	exceed 	two 	hundred 	and 	ten
feet 	in 	length;
(4) 	A proposed 	tower 	shall 	be 	located 	a 	minimum
of 	three 	hundred 	feet 	from 	an 	existing
tower, 	when 	any 	portion 	of 	the 	proposed
tower 	falls 	within 	the 	existing 	tower's
mauka-makai 	zone 	(see 	definitions 	section
and 	Figure 	1.6B 	(view 	preservation), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter);
(5) 	No 	tower 	shall 	be 	less 	than 	eighty 	feet 	from
another 	tower; 	and
(6) 	The 	areas 	of 	buildings 	above 	sixty-five 	feet
on 	view 	corridor 	streets 	shall 	be 	setback 	by
fifty 	feet 	behind 	the 	lot 	line.
(m) 	Storefronts 	and 	windows 	for 	retail:
(1) 	Applicability. 	This 	subsection 	applies 	to
existing 	or 	newly 	proposed 	principal
buildings 	used 	or 	intended 	to 	accommodate
the 	retail 	land 	use 	classification;
(2) 	Stores 	that 	occupy 	greater 	than 	sixty 	feet
of 	frontage 	shall 	incorporate 	multiple
entrances 	along 	the 	street;
(3) 	Street 	front 	elements 	shall 	have 	a 	depth 	of
forty 	to 	eighty 	feet 	of 	usable 	commercial
217-51
2976
Complete printed PDF page 57
§15-217-55
space 	with 	potential 	for 	dividing 	walls 	at
least 	every 	thirty 	feet;
(4) 	At 	least 	seventy 	per 	cent 	of 	a 	retail
thoroughfare 	front 	element 	shall 	be
transparent 	glazing, 	with 	at 	least 	seventy
per 	cent 	of 	the 	glazing 	to 	allow 	views 	into
the 	store 	rather 	than 	being 	shallow 	window
box 	displays;
(5) 	No more 	than 	thirty 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	window
area 	at 	facades 	may 	be 	obstructed 	by 	signage
or 	interior 	displays;
(6) 	All 	principal 	entrances 	shall 	be 	located
along 	the 	thoroughfare 	or 	a 	thoroughfare
facing 	courtyard, 	rather 	than 	from 	a 	parking
area, 	alley, 	or 	another 	point 	within 	the
interior 	of 	a 	block;
(7) 	Display 	windows 	shall 	be 	used 	on 	the 	ground
floor 	and 	on 	upper 	floors 	of 	retail 	space;
and
(8) 	Buildings 	facades 	and 	side 	elevations 	shall
accommodate 	signage 	for 	ground 	floor 	retail
tenants. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	J 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-56 	Landscape 	and 	recreation 	space. 	(a)
All 	yards 	shall 	be 	landscaped 	with 	native 	or 	adapted
plant 	species 	and/or 	hardscaped 	with 	permeable
material.
(b) 	Historic 	landscapes 	and 	exceptional 	trees 	as
designated 	by 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu 	shall 	be
protected 	and 	preserved. 	In 	the 	case 	where 	historic
landscapes 	and 	exceptional 	trees 	conflict 	with
prescribed 	standards 	in 	the 	rules, 	the 	historic
landscape 	or 	exceptional 	tree 	takes 	precedence.
(c) 	Landscaping 	shall 	have 	an 	automatic
irrigation 	system 	with 	a 	rain 	or 	moisture 	sensor.
(d) 	Residential 	projects 	requiring 	a 	development
permit 	shall 	provide 	fifty-five 	square 	feet 	of
recreation 	space 	per 	dwelling 	unit. 	The 	required 	on
site 	recreation 	space, 	if 	provided 	outdoors, 	may 	be
217-52
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 58
§15-217-58
used 	to 	satisfy 	the 	open 	space 	requirement.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	J 	(Auth: 	HRS §§2O6E-4, 	2O6E-5,
2O6E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§2O6E-4, 	2O6E-5, 	2O6E-7)
§15-217-57 	Adequate 	infrastructure. 	(a) 	This
section 	intends 	to 	limit 	development 	within 	portions
of 	the 	mauka 	area 	with 	known 	infrastructure
deficiencies 	until 	such 	time 	as 	the 	availability 	of
infrastructure 	is 	sufficient 	to 	accommodate 	the
maximum 	level 	of 	development 	provided 	for 	by 	the 	mauka
area 	rules.
(b) 	This 	section 	shall 	be 	applicable 	to 	the
central 	Kakaako 	neighborhood 	zone 	only.
(c) 	A maximum 	FAR of 	1.5 	shall 	apply 	until 	the
executive 	director 	determines 	the 	infrastructure
within 	the 	central 	Kakaako 	neighborhood 	zone 	has 	been
sufficiently 	upgraded 	pursuant 	to 	an 	improvement
district 	or 	other 	public 	facilities 	project. 	After
sufficient 	infrastructure 	improvements 	are 	made, 	the
FAR shall 	be 	increased 	to 	3.5, 	consistent 	with 	the
mauka 	area 	rules.
(d) 	Where 	the 	executive 	director 	finds 	that 	the
public 	infrastructure 	is 	adequate 	to 	support 	a 	project
within 	the 	central 	Kakaako 	neighborhood 	zone 	or 	where
a 	project 	would 	construct 	improvements 	to 	said
infrastructure 	sufficient 	to 	accommodate 	the 	subject
project 	and 	future 	developments, 	the 	executive
director 	may 	elect 	to 	waive 	the 	FAR limitations 	of
this 	section. 	[Eff 	NOV11 	2011 	J 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§2O6E-4, 	2O6E-5, 	2O6E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§2O6E-4, 	2O6E-5,
2O6E-7)
§15-217-58 	Large 	lots. 	(a) 	Purpose. 	This
section 	establishes 	the 	standards 	for 	developing 	large
lots, 	dividing 	them 	into 	smaller 	pedestrian-oriented
blocks, 	and 	achieving 	an 	interconnected 	block 	network
with 	walkable 	block 	lengths. 	The 	standards 	for 	large
lot 	projects 	ensure 	that 	these 	projects 	promote
walkability, 	pedestrian-orientation, 	and
sustainability 	of 	urban 	and 	built 	form. 	Buildings
217-53
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 59
§15-217-58
should 	include 	massing 	and 	articulation 	that 	reflects
a 	human 	scale, 	rather 	than 	large, 	monolithic, 	and
repetitive 	building 	fabric.
(b) 	Applicability. 	Each 	building 	within 	a 	large
lot 	project 	shall 	comply 	with 	the 	applicable 	•
requirements 	in 	the 	development 	standards 	by 	zone 	and
all 	other 	relevant 	standards 	in 	the 	rules. 	The
following 	standards 	shall 	apply 	to 	large 	lot 	projects
(i.e., 	larger 	than 	140,000 	square 	feet).
(c) 	Thoroughfare 	network:
(1) 	Large 	lots 	shall 	be 	divided 	to 	create
pedestrian-oriented 	blocks;
(2) 	New thoroughfares 	shall 	connect 	with
existing 	thoroughfares;
(3) 	New passageways 	that 	are 	introduced 	shall 	be
a 	minimum 	of 	fifteen 	feet 	wide 	between
building 	elevations;
(4) 	New passageways 	that 	are 	introduced 	shall 	be
un-gated 	and 	shall 	be 	publically-accessible;
(5) 	Architectural 	encroachments 	into 	passageways
are 	allowed 	two 	feet 	from 	the 	building 	face,
subject 	to 	Figure 	1.13-C 	(encroachments),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
(6) 	Each 	new 	block 	shall 	have 	an 	alley 	for
service 	and 	parking 	access; 	and
(7) 	Cul-de-sacs 	and 	dead-end 	streets 	are 	not
permitted, 	unless 	they 	allow 	for 	future
connections.
(d) 	New buildings:
(1) 	New buildings 	are 	permitted 	as 	indicated 	by
the 	building 	types 	allocated 	to 	each 	zone;
(2) 	New buildings 	shall 	have 	their 	principle
entrance 	off 	of 	a 	new 	or 	existing
thoroughfare 	or 	passageway;
(3) 	New buildings 	with 	civic 	or 	institutional
uses 	shall 	be 	located 	in 	central 	locations,
and 	be 	recognizable 	and 	accessible 	to 	the
public;
(4) 	Buildings 	that 	occupy 	a 	large 	lot 	shall
incorporate 	mid-block 	pedestrian 	passageways
217-54
2976
Complete printed PDF page 60
§15-217-59
and 	courtyards 	at 	least 	every 	three 	hundred
feet. 	Where 	passageways 	are 	utilized, 	they
shall 	connect 	through 	the 	block, 	across
existing 	alleys 	if 	necessary, 	to 	other
passageways, 	to 	mid-block 	crossings, 	or
thoroughfares 	for 	greater 	street 	grid
connectivity;
(5) 	When 	a 	building 	includes 	a 	courtyard, 	the
courtyard 	shall 	have 	a 	minimum 	dimension 	of
forty 	feet 	deep 	and 	thirty-five 	feet 	wide
along 	the 	street 	side;
(6) 	The 	required 	mid-block 	pedestrian 	passageway
or 	courtyard 	shall 	not 	abut 	an 	alley; 	and
(7) 	For 	large 	lots 	that 	abut 	other 	parcels 	not
subject 	to 	a 	permit 	application, 	an 	alley 	of
at 	least 	twenty-six 	feet 	in 	width 	must 	be
provided 	at 	the 	edge 	of 	the 	lot 	that 	is
adjacent 	to 	the 	other 	parcels 	to 	ensure
access 	by 	vehicles 	and 	access 	to 	light 	and
air 	of 	the 	other 	parcels. 	An 	alternative
proposal 	may 	be 	considered 	as 	long 	as 	it
meets 	the 	intent 	of 	providing 	light, 	room,
and 	air 	to 	neighboring 	parcels.
[Eff 	NOV11 	2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-59 	Green 	building. 	(a) 	Purpose. 	This
section 	provides 	standards 	intended 	to 	result 	in 	a
responsible 	development 	pattern 	that 	conserves 	natural
resources 	and 	provides 	a 	healthy 	environment 	for
inhabitants 	of 	the 	mauka 	area.
(b) 	Applicability. 	This 	section 	applies 	to 	all
new 	buildings 	and 	additions 	and 	renovations 	of
existing 	buildings 	that 	increase 	the 	existing 	floor
area 	by 	twenty-five 	per 	cent 	or 	more, 	except 	that
Figures 	BT.l 	to 	BT.4, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	are 	not 	required 	to 	follow 	this 	standard.
(c) 	Green 	building 	standards:
217-55
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 61
§15-217-59
(1) 	A project 	shall 	qualify 	for 	the 	applicable
base 	LEED rating 	system 	at 	the 	appropriate
certification 	level 	(e.g., 	new 	construction
projects 	shall 	qualify 	for 	LEED for 	new
construction);
(2) 	The 	applicable 	base 	rating 	system 	shall 	be
chosen 	by 	the 	applicant 	based 	on 	the
construction 	type, 	size, 	and 	use 	of 	the
proposed 	project;
(3) 	The 	project 	shall 	document 	the 	achievement
of 	at 	least 	one 	LEED point 	in 	either
sustainable 	sites, 	stormwater 	design,
quantity 	control; 	or 	stormwater 	design,
quality 	control;
(4) 	The 	project 	shall 	document 	the 	achievement
of 	at 	least 	one 	LEED point 	in 	either
sustainable 	sites, 	heat 	island 	effect, 	non
roof, 	or 	roof;
(5) 	The 	project 	must 	document 	the 	achievement 	of
at 	least 	one 	point 	in 	water 	efficiency, 	(WE)
credit 	I: 	water 	efficient 	landscaping;
(6) 	The 	applicant 	shall 	submit 	documentation 	and
sustainability 	calculations 	showing 	that 	the
proposed 	development 	meets 	the 	applicable
base 	LEED rating 	system 	at 	the 	appropriate
certification 	level. 	Based 	on 	these
materials, 	the 	authority 	shall 	determine
compliance 	with 	this 	section 	in 	conjunction
with 	the 	accompanying 	development 	approval;
(7) 	If 	the 	U.S. 	Green 	Building 	Council 	changes
the 	LEED rating 	system, 	the 	executive
director 	shall 	identify 	the 	new 	points 	and
rating 	systems 	that 	are 	relevant 	to 	this
section; 	and
(8) 	Applicant 	may 	use 	a 	green 	building
evaluation 	system, 	other 	than 	the 	LEED
rating 	system, 	as 	appropriate 	and 	as
approved 	by 	the 	executive 	director.
[Eff 	NOV112011 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7, 	206E-33) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7, 	206E-33)
217-56
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 62
§15-217-61
§15-217-60 	Encroaching 	elements. 	Architectural
features 	may 	encroach 	beyond 	a 	required 	build 	to 	line,
as 	designated 	in 	Figure 	1.13-C 	(encroachments), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-21 	7-61 	Flood 	zone. 	(a) 	Purpose. 	These
standards 	provide 	building 	and 	urban 	design 	strategies
that 	supplement 	the 	regulations 	presented 	in 	article 	9
of 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of 	Honolulu 	land 	use 	ordinance,
which 	do 	and 	shall 	apply 	in 	the 	mauka 	area. 	These
standards 	help 	assure 	that 	flood 	measures 	implemented
are 	seamless 	with 	existing 	fabric 	in 	terms 	of 	scale,
frontage, 	and 	fenestration. 	The 	standards 	help 	ensure
that 	measures 	implemented 	do 	not 	impede 	pedestrian
access 	from 	abutting 	thoroughfares.
(b) 	Applicability. 	The 	following 	standards
apply 	to 	all 	new 	buildings 	within 	an 	identified
Honolulu 	or 	FEMA flood 	zone 	that 	are 	required 	by 	code
to 	have 	raised 	ground 	floors.
(1) 	Design 	and 	location 	standards 	for 	ADA
compliant 	wheelchair 	access 	ramps 	within
flood 	zones:
(A) 	A wheelchair 	ramp 	may 	only 	occupy 	up 	to
fifteen 	per 	cent 	of 	building 	face;
(B) 	Wheelchair 	ramps 	and 	ramp 	handrails 	on
all 	ramps 	greater 	than 	twenty 	feet 	in
length 	must 	be 	placed 	behind 	street
walls 	or 	landscaping 	features 	such 	as
hedges;
(C) 	Except 	for 	those 	used 	for 	residential
purposes, 	all 	buildings 	occupying 	less
than 	one 	hundred 	twenty 	feet 	of
frontage, 	shall 	use 	internal 	wheelchair
ramps 	(see 	Figure 	1.16-A 	(flood 	zone
design, 	internal 	wheelchair 	ramp),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
of 	this 	chapter);
217-57
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 63
§15-217-61
(D) 	Except 	for 	those 	used 	for 	residential
purposes, 	all 	buildings 	occupying 	more
than 	or 	equal 	to 	one 	hundred 	twenty
feet 	of 	frontage 	may 	use 	external
wheelchair 	ramps 	(see 	Figures 	1.16-B
and 	1.16-C 	(flood 	zone 	design), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter); 	and
(E) 	For 	all 	buildings, 	except 	for 	those
used 	for 	residential 	use, 	no 	wheelchair
ramps 	are 	allowed 	in 	the 	public
right-of-way 	or 	front 	setback, 	except
in 	the 	following 	circumstances:
(i) 	When 	the 	ramp 	fronts 	the 	side 	of
a 	building 	near 	a 	corner;
(ii) 	When 	the 	ramp 	is 	shielded 	from
the 	thoroughfare 	or 	covered
under 	an 	element 	such 	as 	an
arcade 	(see 	Figure 	1.16-D, 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter); 	or
(iii) 	If 	the 	length 	of 	the 	ramp 	within
the 	public 	right-of-way 	or 	front
setback 	is 	less 	than 	or 	equal 	to
twenty-five 	per 	cent 	of 	the
width 	of 	the 	sidewalk. 	In 	this
case, 	handrails 	are 	not
permitted 	in 	the 	public
right-of-way 	or 	front 	setback;
and
(F) 	For 	residential 	buildings, 	wheelchair
ramps 	may 	not 	be 	located 	in 	the 	public
right-of-way 	or 	in 	the 	front 	setback;
and
(2) 	Other 	design 	standards 	for 	flood 	zones:
(A) 	Measures 	undertaken 	to 	avoid 	floods
shall 	not 	result 	in 	large 	blank 	walls
along 	the 	building 	face. 	At 	least
seventy-five 	per 	cent 	of 	a 	building's
217-58
2976
Complete printed PDF page 64
§15-217-62
frontage 	shall 	be 	activated 	with 	steps,
landscaping, 	or 	street 	furniture; 	and
(B) 	There 	shall 	be 	breaks 	in 	any 	flood
control 	intervention 	such 	as 	raised
sidewalks 	every 	thirty 	feet, 	stairways,
entrances, 	and 	planting 	features.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-62 	Historical 	and 	cultural 	sites. 	(a)
Purpose. 	The 	purpose 	of 	this 	section 	is 	to 	preserve,
protect, 	reconstruct, 	rehabilitate 	and 	restore
properties 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	that 	are 	determined 	to 	be
historic 	and 	culturally 	significant.
(b) 	Applicability. 	This 	section 	applies 	to 	all
historical 	or 	culturally 	significant 	properties.
(c) 	Preservation 	and 	consultation. 	Properties
situated 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	that 	are 	deemed 	to 	be
historically 	or 	culturally 	significant 	shall 	be
preserved, 	protected, 	reconstructed, 	rehabilitated 	and
restored 	by 	the 	landowners 	in 	accordance 	with 	the
implementing 	regulations 	of 	section 	106 	of 	the
National 	Historic 	Preservation 	Act 	and 	chapter 	6E,
HRS:
(1) 	Developers 	of 	new 	projects 	or 	projects 	with
significant 	alterations 	on 	historic 	or
culturally 	significant 	properties 	shall
consult 	with 	the 	department 	of 	land 	and
natural 	resources, 	state 	historic
preservation 	division 	("SHPD"), 	department
of 	land 	and 	natural 	resources 	to 	allow 	an
opportunity 	for 	review 	of 	the 	effect 	of 	the
proposed 	project 	on 	any 	historic 	properties
or 	burial 	sites, 	pursuant 	to 	section 	6E-43,
HRS;
(2) 	A written 	letter 	of 	concurrence 	from 	SHPD or
adequate 	documentation 	that 	the 	applicant
has 	complied 	with 	the 	requirements 	of
chapter 	6E-10, 	HRS, 	shall 	be 	included 	with
the 	permit 	application 	to 	the 	authority; 	and
217-59
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 65
§15-217-62
(3) 	All 	SHPD requirements 	shall 	be 	completed 	by
the 	developer 	prior 	to 	submittal 	of 	a 	permit
application 	to 	the 	authority.
(d) 	Uses 	classifications. 	A property 	designated
historic 	or 	culturally 	significant 	may 	be 	put 	to 	any
use 	permitted 	in 	the 	neighborhood 	zone 	in 	which 	the
property 	is 	situated, 	subject 	to 	the 	requirements 	of
this 	section. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	l 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-7, 	206E-33) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-7, 	206E-33)
§15-217-63 	Parking 	and 	loading. 	(a)
Applicability. 	This 	section 	applies 	to 	all 	new
principal 	buildings 	in 	the 	mauka 	area 	or 	additions 	to
buildings 	on 	properties 	that 	exceed 	twenty-five 	per
cent 	of 	the 	existing 	floor 	area 	on 	said 	property.
(b) 	Access:
(1) 	Parking 	shall 	be 	accessed 	from 	an 	alley;
(2) 	When 	there 	is 	no 	alley 	present, 	parking
shall 	be 	accessed 	from 	a 	parking 	access
street 	as 	indicated 	in 	Figure 	1.10
(parking), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter;
(3) 	When 	access 	from 	a 	parking 	access 	street 	is
not 	possible, 	parking 	shall 	be 	accessed 	from
an 	alternative 	parking 	access 	street 	as
indicated 	in 	Figure 	1.10 	(parking), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(4) 	When 	access 	from 	an 	alternative 	parking
access 	street 	is 	not 	possible, 	an
alternative 	parking 	plan 	may 	be 	submitted;
and
(5) 	Driveway 	access 	for 	parking 	shall 	be 	a
minimum 	of 	fifty-five 	feet 	from 	an
intersection 	measured 	from 	the 	right-of-way.
(c) 	Curb 	cuts:
(1) 	The 	number 	of 	curb 	cuts 	shall 	be 	minimized,
especially 	along 	alternative 	parking 	access
streets, 	to 	the 	maximum 	practicable 	extent.
Shared 	alleys, 	access 	drives 	and 	parking
217-60
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 66
§15-217-63
arrangements 	are 	encouraged 	to 	reduce 	the
need 	for 	new 	curb 	cuts;
(2) 	Maximum 	width 	of 	new 	curb 	cuts 	shall 	be
twenty-five 	feet 	for 	a 	two-way 	driveway 	and
twelve 	feet 	for 	a 	one-way 	driveway, 	except
that 	driveways 	for 	front 	yard 	houses 	and 	all
other 	detached 	dwellings 	shall 	be 	no 	more
than 	ten 	feet 	in 	width; 	and
(3) 	Curb 	cuts 	shall 	be 	setback 	a 	minimum 	of
twenty-two 	feet 	from 	adjacent 	properties.
Lots 	with 	less 	than 	one 	hundred 	linear 	feet
of 	frontage 	are 	exempt 	from 	this 	provision.
(d) 	Placement:
(1) 	Parking 	shall 	be 	a 	minimum 	of 	forty 	feet
behind 	any 	lot 	line, 	unless 	indicated
otherwise 	in 	Figure 	1.10 	(parking), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter,
and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(2) 	Parking 	lots 	and 	structures 	shall 	not 	front
a 	civic 	space; 	and
(3) 	Parking 	is 	prohibited 	within 	any 	building
front 	setback 	or 	front 	yard, 	except 	in 	the
CK neighborhood 	zone.
(e) 	Quantity:
(1) 	Required 	number 	of 	off-street 	parking 	spaces
is 	as 	follows:
Off-Street 	Parking
Uses 	Requirements
Detached 	dwellings, 	two 	per 	unit 	plus 	one 	per
live-work, 	and 	one 	thousand 	square 	feet
duplexes: 	of 	floor 	area 	over 	2,500
square 	feet;
Multi-family 	dwelling 	0.9 	per 	unit;
six 	hundred 	square
feet 	or 	less:
217-61
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 67
§15-217-63
Multi-family 	dwelling 	1.25 	per 	unit;
greater 	than 	six
hundred 	square 	feet:
Group 	homes, 	care, 	0.9 	per 	four 	patient
convalescent 	and 	beds, 	dwelling 	units, 	or
nursing 	home: 	lodging 	units;
Commercial, 	clinics, 	one 	per 	four 	hundred
administrative 	and 	all 	fifty 	square 	feet 	of
other 	uses: 	floor 	area;
Restaurants 	and 	bars, 	0.9 	per 	three 	hundred
and 	dance-nightclubs: 	square 	feet 	of 	eating 	or
drinking 	area, 	plus 	0.9
per 	twenty-five 	square
feet 	of 	dance 	floor 	area,
plus 	one 	per 	four 	hundred
fifty 	square 	feet 	of
kitchen 	or 	accessory
area;
Group 	assembly: 	0.9 	per 	three 	hundred
square 	feet 	of 	assembly
area 	or 	0.9 	per 	ten 	fixed
seats, 	whichever 	is
greater;
Religious 	facilities 	0.9 	per 	every 	five 	fixed
and 	theaters: 	seats 	or 	fifty 	square
feet 	of 	general 	assembly
area, 	whichever 	is
greater;
Day-care 	facilities: 	0.9 	per 	ten 	enrolled
capacity;
217-62
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 68
§15-217-63
Educational 	facilities 	0.9 	for 	each 	twenty
that 	are 	at 	the 	students 	of 	design
elementary 	and 	capacity, 	plus 	one 	per
intermediate 	level: 	four 	hundred 	fifty 	square
feet 	of 	office 	floor
area;
Educational 	facilities 	0.9 	for 	each 	ten 	students
that 	are 	at 	the 	high 	of 	design 	capacity, 	plus
school 	level, 	one 	per 	four 	hundred
language, 	vocational, 	fifty 	square 	feet 	of
business, 	technical, 	office 	floor 	area;
trade, 	college, 	or
universities:
Industrial, 	media 	one 	per 	nine 	hundred
production, 	printing 	square 	feet 	of 	floor
and 	publishing 	and 	area; 	and
warehousing:
(2) 	There 	shall 	be 	no 	off-street 	parking
requirement 	for 	the 	central 	Kakaako
neighborhood 	zone;
(3) 	When 	there 	is 	uncertainty 	as 	to 	requirements
for 	a 	proposed 	use, 	the 	executive 	director
will 	review 	the 	proposed 	use 	and 	determine
its 	equivalent 	and 	applicable 	off-street
parking 	requirements;
(4) 	When 	computation 	of 	required 	parking 	spaces
results 	in 	a 	fractional 	number, 	the 	number
of 	spaces 	required 	shall 	be 	rounded 	to 	the
nearest 	whole 	number; 	.
(5) 	Every 	twenty-four 	inches 	of 	pew 	or 	bench
area 	provided 	in 	a 	religious 	facility 	or
other 	place 	of 	assembly 	shall 	be 	counted 	as
seats 	for 	the 	purpose 	of 	determining
requirement 	for 	off-street 	parking;
(6) 	At 	least 	fifty 	per 	cent 	of 	required 	parking
spaces 	shall 	be 	standard 	sized 	parking
spaces; 	and
217-63
29 7 &
Complete printed PDF page 69
§15-217-63
(7) 	When 	a 	building 	includes 	uses 	incidental 	or
accessory 	to 	a 	principal 	use, 	the 	executive
director 	shall 	determine 	the 	total 	number 	of
required 	spaces 	on 	the 	basis 	of 	the 	parking
requirements 	for 	the 	use 	that 	creates 	a
larger 	parking 	demand.
(f) 	Shared 	parking:
(1) 	Because 	of 	the 	mixed-use 	nature 	of 	the 	mauka
area 	and 	the 	differing 	peaks 	associated 	with
different 	uses, 	the 	same 	parking 	facility
may 	be 	utilized 	by 	a 	variety 	of 	users
throughout 	the 	day. 	This 	can 	reduce 	the
total 	number 	of 	parking 	spaces 	needed 	to
serve 	the 	peak 	parking 	demand 	of 	the 	mauka
area. 	The 	executive 	director 	may 	authorize
shared 	parking 	based 	upon 	a 	finding 	that
adequate 	parking 	or 	loading 	spaces 	will 	be
provided;
(2) 	Required 	parking 	may 	be 	adjusted 	downward,
without 	the 	need 	for 	a 	variance, 	according
to 	the 	shared 	parking 	factor 	of 	Figure
1.10-A 	(parking), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made
a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter; 	and
(3) 	Parking 	required 	by 	the 	rules 	for 	an
individual 	project 	shall 	be 	located 	within
1,200 	feet 	of 	the 	project 	site, 	within 	the
mauka 	area, 	or 	outside 	the 	boundary 	by
covenant, 	lease, 	license 	or 	other
arrangement 	to 	the 	satisfaction 	of 	the
executive 	director.
(g) 	On 	street. 	Marked 	on-street 	parking 	shall
count 	towards 	required 	parking 	when 	the 	on-street
parking 	is 	adjacent 	to 	the 	parcel 	or 	within 	two
hundred 	feet 	of 	the 	parcel.
(h) 	Aisle 	and 	space 	dimensions:
(1) 	Each 	standard 	parking 	space 	shall 	be 	no 	less
than 	8.5 	feet 	wide 	and 	eighteen 	feet 	long;
(2) 	Each 	compact 	parking 	space 	shall 	be 	no 	less
than 	7.5 	feet 	wide 	and 	sixteen 	feet 	long 	and
shall 	be 	marked 	as 	a 	compact 	space; 	and
217-64
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 70
§15-217-63
(3) 	Ingress 	and 	egress 	aisles 	shall 	be 	provided
to 	a 	thoroughfare 	and 	between 	parking 	bays.
Minimum 	aisle 	widths 	for 	parking 	bays 	shall
be:
(A) 	Parking 	at 	0 	- 	44 	degrees: 	12 	feet;
(B) 	Parking 	at 	45 	- 	59 	degrees: 	13.5 	feet;
( C) 	Parking 	at 	60 	- 	69 	degrees: 	18.5 	feet;
(D) 	Parking 	at 	70 	- 	79 	degrees: 	19.5 	feet;
(E) 	Parking 	at 	80 	- 	89 	degrees: 	21 	feet;
and
(F) 	Parking 	at 	90 	degrees: 	22 	feet;
Notwithstanding 	the 	foregoing, 	for 	a 	parking
angle 	of 	ninety 	degrees, 	the 	minimum 	aisle
width 	may 	be 	reduced 	by 	one 	foot 	for 	every
six 	inches 	of 	additional 	parking 	space 	width
above 	the 	minimum 	width, 	to 	a 	minimum 	aisle
width 	of 	nineteen 	feet.
(i) 	Design:
(1) 	Tandem 	parking 	and 	hydraulic 	lifts 	are
permitted 	in 	parking 	facilities 	used 	for
residential 	purposes, 	when 	both 	spaces 	are
utilized 	by 	a 	single 	dwelling;
(2) 	Tandem 	parking 	and 	hydraulic 	lifts 	are
permitted 	in 	any 	attended 	parking 	facility;
(3) 	Storage 	is 	permitted 	above 	all 	parking
spaces 	constructed 	in 	parking 	garages 	or 	in
parking 	structures;
(4) 	Robotic 	parking 	is 	permitted;
(5) 	Any 	mechanical 	equipment 	for 	providing
parking 	shall 	be 	visually 	screened 	from 	view
at 	abutting 	thoroughfares 	by 	architectural
or 	landscape 	treatments;
(6) 	High 	albedo 	concrete 	shall 	be 	used 	instead
of 	asphalt 	in 	surface 	parking 	lots; 	and
(7) 	All 	sources 	of 	illumination 	shall 	be
shielded 	to 	prevent 	any 	direct 	reflection
toward 	adjacent 	premises.
(j) 	Landscaping 	for 	surface 	lots:
(1) 	Parking 	lot 	landscape 	requirements 	are 	one
tree 	per 	twenty 	spaces 	with 	a 	minimum 	of 	one
landscaped 	island 	for 	every 	ten 	spaces;
217-65
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 71
§15-217-63
(2) 	Every 	other 	row 	of 	parking 	shall 	include 	a
landscaped 	median 	for 	the 	entire 	length 	of 	a
bay. 	The 	entire 	length 	shall 	be 	planted
with 	large 	shade 	trees 	at 	least 	every 	forty
five 	feet. 	Where 	a 	tree 	planting 	island
occurs 	the 	entire 	length 	of 	a 	bay, 	there
shall 	be 	a 	minimum 	of 	one 	planting 	island
every 	fifteen 	spaces 	and 	a 	minimum 	of 	one
large 	shade 	tree 	every 	fifteen 	spaces 	in 	a
tree 	planting 	island; 	and
(3) 	Permeable 	surfaces 	for 	parking 	and
maneuvering 	areas 	are 	permitted.
(k) 	Structures. 	Priority 	placement 	near
entries, 	doors, 	elevators, 	or 	stairs 	within 	parking
structures 	shall 	be 	given 	to 	parking 	for 	bicycles,
car-shares, 	and 	plug-in 	electric 	vehicles.
(1) 	Loading:
(1) 	The 	following 	loading 	space 	requirements
shall 	apply:
Loading 	Space 	Requirements
Uses
Goods 	and
services 	and
industrial:
Civil 	support,
educational, 	and
civic:
Loading
Requirements
one
two
three
four
one
one
two
three
one
Floor 	Area
(in 	square 	feet)
2,000 	- 	10,000
10,001 	- 	20,000
20,001 	- 	40,000
40,001 	- 	60,000
Each 	additional
50,000 	over
60,000
5,000 	- 	10,000
10,001 	- 	50,000
50,001 	- 	100,000
Each 	additional
100,000 	over
100,000
217-66
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 72
§15-217-63
Office: 	one
two
one
Multiple-family 	one
dwellings: 	two
one
20,000 	- 	50,000
50,001 	- 	100,000
Each 	additional
100,000 	over
100,000
20,000 	- 	150,000
150,001 	- 	300,000
Each 	additional
200,000 	over
300,000
(2) 	Loading 	space 	requirements 	shall 	be 	provided
within 	a 	building, 	lot, 	or 	alley. 	Loading
spaces 	are 	prohibited 	in 	thoroughfares;
(3) 	Access 	to 	a 	loading 	space 	shall 	not 	be 	from
a 	promenade 	street;
(4) 	When 	only 	one 	loading 	space 	is 	required 	and
total 	floor 	area 	is 	less 	than 	5,000 	square
feet, 	the 	minimum 	horizontal 	dimensions 	of
the 	space 	shall 	be 	19 	x 	8-1/2 	feet, 	and 	the
space 	shall 	have 	a 	vertical 	clearance 	of 	at
least 	ten 	feet;
(5) 	When 	more 	than 	one 	loading 	space 	is
required, 	the 	minimum 	horizontal 	dimensions
of 	at 	least 	half 	of 	the 	required 	spaces
shall 	be 	12 	x 	35 	feet 	and 	have 	a 	vertical
clearance 	of 	at 	least 	fourteen 	feet. 	The
balance 	of 	the 	required 	spaces 	shall 	have
horizontal 	dimensions 	of 	at 	least 	19 	x 	8-1/2
feet 	and 	vertical 	clearance 	of 	at 	least 	ten
feet;
(6) 	Each 	loading 	space 	shall 	be 	unobstructed 	and
shall 	be 	arranged 	so 	that 	any 	vehicle 	may 	be
moved 	without 	moving 	the 	other;
(7) 	Adequate 	maneuvering 	areas 	and 	access 	to 	a
street 	shall 	be 	provided 	and 	shall 	have 	a
vertical 	clearance 	not 	less 	than 	the
applicable 	height 	for 	the 	loading 	space;
(8) 	All 	loading 	spaces 	and 	maneuvering 	areas
shall 	be 	paved 	with 	an 	all-weather 	surface;
217-67
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 73
§15-217-63
(9) 	Where 	loading 	areas 	are 	illuminated, 	all
sources 	of 	illumination 	shall 	be 	shielded 	to
prevent 	any 	direct 	reflection 	toward
adjacent 	premises;
(10) 	Loading 	spaces 	for 	three 	or 	more 	vehicles
shall 	be 	arranged 	so 	that 	no 	maneuvering 	to
enter 	or 	leave 	a 	loading 	space 	shall 	be 	on
any 	public 	street, 	alley 	or 	walkway;
(11) 	Each 	required 	loading 	space 	shall 	be
identified 	as 	such 	and 	shall 	be 	reserved 	for
loading 	purposes;
(12) 	No 	loading 	space 	shall 	occupy 	required 	off
street 	parking 	spaces 	or 	restrict 	access;
and
(13) 	An 	adjustment 	of 	up 	to 	fifty 	per 	cent 	of 	the
required 	number 	of 	loading 	spaces 	may 	be
allowed 	when 	such 	spaces 	are 	assigned 	to
serve 	two 	or 	more 	uses 	of 	a 	single 	project
jointly, 	provided 	that:
(A) 	Each 	use 	has 	access 	to 	the 	loading 	zone
without 	crossing 	any 	street 	or 	public
sidewalk; 	and
(B) 	The 	amount 	of 	loading 	spaces 	which 	may
be 	credited 	against 	the 	requirements
for 	the 	use 	or 	uses 	involved 	shall 	not
exceed 	the 	number 	of 	spaces 	reasonably
expected 	to 	be 	available 	during
differing 	periods 	of 	peak 	demand.
(m) 	Bicycle 	parking:
(1) 	Both 	short-term 	bicycle 	parking 	and 	long
term 	bicycle 	parking 	shall 	be 	provided;
(2) 	Bicycle 	parking 	shall 	be 	provided 	within
four 	hundred 	feet 	of 	the 	principal 	entrance
of 	the 	building;
(3) 	Instructional 	signs 	shall 	be 	used 	to 	explain
how 	to 	use 	the 	bicycle 	parking 	device 	and
directional 	signage 	shall 	be 	installed 	when
bicycle 	parking 	locations 	are 	not 	readily
visible 	from 	entrances; 	and
(4) 	For 	use 	classifications 	not 	specifically
mentioned, 	requirements 	will 	be 	determined
by 	the 	executive 	director 	based 	on 	the 	most
217-68
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 74
§15-217-64
similar 	use 	listed, 	except 	that 	Figures 	BT.1
to 	BT.3, 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part
of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter, 	are 	exempt 	from 	bicycle
parking 	requirements. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp:
HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-64 	Conditional 	use 	of 	vacant 	land. 	(a)
The 	executive 	director 	may 	issue 	a 	conditional 	use 	of
vacant 	land 	permit, 	provided 	that 	the 	following
standards 	are 	met:
(1) 	The 	proposed 	use 	is 	permitted 	within 	the
applicable 	zone 	except:
(A) 	Open 	or 	uncovered 	parking 	at 	grade 	may
be 	permitted 	in 	all 	zones, 	whether
paved 	or 	unpaved; 	and
(B) 	Construction 	sites, 	special 	trade
construction, 	and 	non-extensive 	yard
uses 	may 	be 	permitted 	in 	all 	zones
where 	a 	six-foot 	screening 	wall, 	hedge,
or 	fence 	is 	erected 	along 	all 	street
rights 	of 	way;
(2) 	The 	maximum 	duration 	of 	the 	use 	is 	for 	a
two-year 	period, 	provided 	that 	the 	executive
director 	may 	issue 	extensions 	of 	up 	to 	two
additional 	years 	if 	the 	development 	status
of 	the 	area 	has 	not 	changed 	appreciably
since 	the 	use 	was 	initially 	permitted;
(3) 	The 	floor 	area 	ratio 	of 	any 	proposed
temporary 	structure 	shall 	not 	exceed 	0.5 	and
the 	project 	shall 	conform 	to 	the 	built 	form
and 	landscaping 	standards 	of 	the 	rules; 	and
(4) 	The 	proposed 	use 	shall 	in 	no 	way 	prevent 	or
delay 	the 	future 	development 	or 	improvements
to 	the 	property.
(b) 	In 	addition 	to 	these 	standards, 	the
executive 	director 	may 	include 	additional 	requirements
in 	the 	permit 	to 	ensure 	that 	the 	conditional 	use 	does
not 	adversely 	affect 	adjacent 	property 	and 	the
appearance 	of 	the 	mauka 	area. 	[EffN0V 	11 2011
217-69
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 75
§15-217-64
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-65 	Public 	facilities 	dedication 	fee.
(a) 	Applicability. 	This 	section 	shall 	apply 	to 	any
new 	development 	or 	improvement 	project, 	or 	existing
development 	or 	improvement 	project 	within 	the 	mauka
area 	that 	increases 	the 	existing 	floor 	area 	by 	more
than 	twenty-five 	per 	cent 	as 	compared 	to 	the 	floor
area 	existing 	on 	February 	27, 	1982 	or 	at 	the 	time 	the
development 	permit 	or 	improvement 	permit 	was 	issued,
excluding 	proposed 	demolitions, 	whichever 	is 	less;
provided, 	however, 	that 	this 	section 	shall 	not 	apply
to 	any 	development 	or 	improvement 	project 	undertaken
by 	an 	eleemosynary 	organization, 	development 	or
improvement 	project 	for 	public 	uses, 	public 	project,
workforce 	housing 	projects, 	floor 	area 	related 	to
reserved 	housing, 	single-family 	dwellings 	and 	duplex
units, 	or 	new 	buildings 	or 	structures 	with 	a 	floor
area 	of 	less 	than 	200 	square 	feet.
(b) 	Dedication 	requirement. 	As 	a 	condition
precedent 	to 	the 	issuance 	of 	an 	improvement 	permit 	or
development 	permit, 	the 	developer 	shall 	dedicate 	land
for 	public 	facilities. 	The 	dedication 	of 	land 	for
public 	facilities 	shall 	be 	subject 	to 	the 	maximum
ceiling 	in 	land 	or 	money 	in 	lieu 	thereof 	calculated 	in
accordance 	with 	the 	formula 	designated 	in 	subsections
(d) 	to 	(f) 	herein.
(c) 	In-lieu 	fee 	payments. 	As 	an 	alternative 	to
the 	land 	dedication 	requirement 	of 	section
15-217-65(b), 	an 	in-lieu 	fee 	payment 	may 	be 	authorized
as 	follows:
(1) 	For 	improvement 	permit 	applications, 	the
executive 	director 	may 	authorize 	a 	developer
to 	pay 	an 	in-lieu 	fee 	equal 	to 	the 	value 	of
land 	which 	would 	otherwise 	have 	had 	to 	be
dedicated, 	or 	combine 	the 	payment 	of 	fee
with 	land 	to 	be 	dedicated. 	The 	total 	value
of 	such 	combination 	shall 	be 	not 	less 	than
the 	value 	of 	land 	which 	would 	otherwise 	have
had 	to 	be 	dedicated; 	and
217-70
2976
Complete printed PDF page 76
§15-217-65
(2) 	For 	development 	permit 	applications, 	the
authority 	may 	authorize 	a 	developer 	to 	pay 	a
fee 	equal 	to 	the 	value 	of 	land 	which 	would
otherwise 	have 	had 	to 	be 	dedicated, 	or
combine 	the 	payment 	of 	fee 	with 	land 	to 	be
dedicated. 	The 	total 	value 	of 	such
combination 	shall 	be 	not 	less 	than 	the 	value
of 	land 	which 	would 	otherwise 	have 	had 	to 	be
dedicated.
(d) 	Minimum 	dedication 	requirements. 	Land
dedication 	requirements 	are:
(1) 	Three 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	total 	commercial 	floor
area;
(2) 	Four 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	total 	residential 	floor
area 	exclusive 	of 	floor 	area 	devoted 	to
reserved 	housing 	units 	and 	their 	associated
common 	areas 	in 	proportion 	with 	the 	floor
area 	of 	other 	uses; 	and
(3) 	If 	the 	area 	of 	land 	approved 	for 	dedication
is 	less 	than 	the 	land 	area 	required 	under
subsection 	(d) 	(1) 	and 	(2) 	above, 	the
developer 	shall 	be 	required 	to 	pay 	a 	fee
equal 	to 	the 	fair 	market 	value 	of 	the 	land
area 	which 	is 	the 	difference 	between 	the
land 	area 	dedicated 	and 	the 	land 	area
required 	under 	subsection 	(d) 	(1) 	and 	(2)
above.
(e) 	Payment 	timing 	and 	use 	of 	funds:
(1) 	Authorized 	in-lieu 	fees 	shall 	be 	payable
prior 	to 	the 	issuance 	of 	the 	initial
certificate 	of 	occupancy 	and 	secured 	by 	the
applicant 	with 	a 	financial 	guaranty 	bond
from 	a 	surety 	company 	authorized 	to 	do
business 	in 	Hawaii, 	an 	acceptable
construction 	set-aside 	letter, 	or 	other
acceptable 	means 	prior 	to 	the 	issuance 	of
the 	initial 	building 	permit; 	and
(2) 	Payment 	of 	fees 	shall 	be 	made 	to 	the
authority 	for 	deposit 	in 	the 	authority's
revolving 	fund 	established 	under 	section
206E-16, 	HRS.
217-71
2976
Complete printed PDF page 77
§15-217-65
( f)
when 	fees
follows:
( 1)
( 2)
Valuation 	methodology. 	Valuation 	of 	land
are 	to 	be 	paid 	shall 	be 	determined 	as
Valuation 	shall 	be 	based 	upon 	the 	fair
market 	value 	of 	the 	land 	as 	though 	vacant
and 	unimproved 	on 	the 	date 	the 	developer's
application 	for 	an 	improvement 	permit 	or
development 	permit 	is 	deemed 	complete
pursuant 	to 	section 	15-217-85 	(completeness
review), 	as 	agreed 	to 	by 	the 	developer 	and
the 	executive 	director 	if 	an 	improvement
permit 	or 	the 	developer 	and 	authority 	if 	a
development 	permit; 	and
In 	the 	event 	that 	a 	fair 	market 	value 	cannot
be 	agreed 	on, 	the 	fair 	market 	value 	of 	the
land 	as 	though 	vacant 	and 	unimproved 	shall
be 	fixed 	and 	established 	by 	majority 	vote 	of
three 	real 	estate 	appraisers 	whose 	decision
shall 	be 	final, 	conclusive, 	and 	binding; 	one
shall 	be 	appointed 	by 	the 	developer, 	one
appointed 	by 	the 	executive 	director 	in 	the
case 	of 	improvement 	permits 	or 	the 	authority
in 	the 	case 	of 	development 	permits, 	and 	the
third 	appointed 	by 	the 	first 	two 	appraisers.
In 	the 	event 	a 	party 	shall 	fail 	to 	appoint
an 	appraiser 	within 	ten 	days 	following 	the
appointment 	of 	the 	first 	appraiser, 	the
party 	who 	appointed 	the 	first 	appraiser 	may
apply 	to 	the 	person 	sitting 	as 	the
administrative 	judge 	of 	the 	circuit 	court 	of
the 	first 	circuit 	of 	Hawaii, 	if 	any, 	or 	if
none, 	to 	any 	judge 	in 	service 	of 	said 	court,
for 	the 	appointment 	of 	the 	second 	appraiser;
provided, 	however, 	that 	if 	the 	developer 	is
the 	party 	who 	has 	failed 	to 	appoint 	an
appraiser 	within 	ten 	days 	following 	the
executive 	director's 	or 	authority's
appointment 	of 	the 	first 	appraiser, 	the
executive 	director 	or 	authority, 	as 	the 	case
may 	be, 	may 	deny 	the 	developer's 	request 	to
pay 	a 	monetary 	fee 	in 	lieu 	of 	dedicating
land. 	The 	two 	appraisers 	shall 	appoint 	a
217-72
29 7 &
Complete printed PDF page 78
§15-217-65
third 	appraiser, 	and 	in 	case 	of 	their
failure 	to 	do 	so 	within 	ten 	days 	after
appointment 	of 	the 	second 	appraiser, 	either
party 	may 	apply 	to 	the 	person 	sitting 	as 	the
administrative 	judge 	of 	the 	circuit 	court 	of
the 	first 	circuit 	of 	Hawaii, 	if 	any, 	or 	if
none, 	to 	any 	judge 	in 	service 	of 	said 	court,
for 	the 	appointment 	of 	the 	third 	appraiser.
The 	appraisers 	shall 	determine 	the 	fair
market 	value 	of 	the 	land 	as 	though 	vacant
and 	unimproved 	on 	the 	date 	the 	developer's
application 	for 	an 	improvement 	permit 	or
development 	permit 	is 	deemed 	complete
pursuant 	to 	section 	15-217-85 	(completeness
review). 	All 	appraisers 	shall 	have 	had 	a
minimum 	of 	five 	years 	of 	training 	and
experience 	in 	real 	estate 	appraisal 	work 	in
the 	state 	of 	Hawaii. 	The 	appraisers 	shall
be 	governed 	in 	their 	determination 	by 	the
provisions 	of 	chapter 	658A, 	HRS. 	The 	fees
and 	costs 	of 	each 	appraiser 	and 	all 	other
appraisal 	costs 	shall, 	with 	exception 	of
each 	party's 	attorneys' 	fees 	and 	costs 	and
witnesses' 	fees, 	shall 	be 	borne 	equally 	by
both 	parties.
(g) 	Dedication 	instrument. 	For 	land 	dedication
pursuant 	to 	this 	section, 	the 	developer 	shall 	record
the 	necessary 	conveyance 	instrument, 	free 	and 	clear 	of
all 	encumbrances, 	in 	the 	bureau 	of 	conveyances, 	state
of 	Hawaii, 	and 	shall 	file 	copies 	of 	the 	recorded
conveyance 	instrument 	with 	the 	authority. 	The
authority 	may 	require 	the 	developer 	to 	maintain 	the
dedicated 	area 	until 	such 	time 	that 	notice 	is 	given 	by
the 	authority 	to 	accept 	ownership 	and 	control 	of 	the
area.
(h) 	Relationship 	to 	existing 	or 	future
improvement 	districts. 	Nothing 	contained 	in 	this
section 	shall 	preclude 	the 	creation 	of 	any 	improvement
district 	for 	public 	facilities, 	or 	the 	imposition 	of
assessments 	against 	properties 	specially 	benefited
within 	the 	district. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-7, 	206E-12) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-7, 	206E-12)
217-73
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 79
§15-217-66
§§15-217-66 	to 	15-217-78 	(Reserved) 	.
SUBCHAPTER 5
PROCEDURES
§15-217-79 	Rules 	clearance. 	(a) 	Applicability.
Any 	uses, 	structures, 	and 	activities 	identified 	by
section 	15-217-79(b) 	below 	on 	a 	lot 	size 	of 	20,000
square 	feet 	or 	less 	shall 	be 	issued 	a 	rules 	clearance
from 	the 	rules 	when 	they 	are 	in 	compliance 	with 	the
setback 	requirements, 	height 	limits, 	and 	all 	other
applicable 	standards 	of 	subchapter 	2 	(regulating 	plan
and 	neighborhood 	zones), 	subchapter 	3 	(thoroughfare
plan 	and 	standards), 	subchapter 	4 	(area-wide
standards) 	and, 	where 	applicable, 	those 	relating 	to
section 	15-217-91 	(nonconformities);
(b) 	Qualifying 	land 	uses, 	structures 	and
activities. 	The 	following 	are 	eligible 	for 	issuance
of 	a 	rules 	clearance 	when 	in 	compliance 	with 	section
15-217-79(a) 	above:
(1) 	Decks, 	paths 	and 	driveways. 	Decks,
platforms, 	on-site 	paths, 	and 	driveways 	that
are 	not 	required 	to 	have 	a 	building 	permit
or 	grading 	permit;
(2) 	Fences 	and 	walls 	in 	compliance 	with 	height
and 	location 	requirements 	in 	section
15-217-55(e) 	(architectural 	design);
(3) 	Interior 	alterations 	or 	change 	in 	use.
Interior 	alterations 	or 	change 	in 	use 	that
do 	not 	increase 	the 	gross 	floor 	area 	of 	the
structure;
(4) 	Repairs 	and 	maintenance:
(A) 	Single-family 	dwellings. 	Ordinary
nonstructural 	repairs 	to, 	and
maintenance 	of, 	single-family
dwellings; 	or
(B) 	Multi-family 	residential 	and 	non
residential 	structures. 	Ordinary 	non
structural 	repairs 	to, 	and 	maintenance
217-74
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 80
§15-217-79
of 	multi-family 	residential 	and 	non
residential 	structures, 	if:
(i) 	The 	work 	does 	not 	change 	the
approved 	land 	use 	of 	the 	site 	or
structure, 	or 	add 	to, 	enlarge 	or
expand 	the 	land 	use 	and/or
structure; 	and
(ii) 	Any 	exterior 	repairs 	employing
the 	same 	materials 	and 	design 	as
the 	original 	construction;
(5) 	Small, 	portable 	residential 	accessory
structures. 	A single 	portable 	structure 	of
one 	hundred 	twenty 	square 	feet 	or 	less 	per
lot 	or 	unit, 	including 	pre-manufactured
storage 	sheds 	and 	other 	small 	structures
that 	are 	exempt 	from 	having 	to 	obtain 	a
building 	permit 	from 	the 	city 	and 	county 	of
Honolulu 	and 	in 	compliance 	with 	the
applicable 	building 	code. 	Additional
structures 	may 	be 	approved 	in 	compliance
with 	subchapter 	4 	(area-wide 	standards),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	where 	allowed 	by 	the 	applicable
zone;
(6) 	Spas, 	hot 	tubs, 	and 	fish 	ponds. 	Portable
spas, 	hot 	tubs, 	and 	constructed 	fish 	ponds,
and 	similar 	equipment 	and 	structures 	that 	do
not: 	exceed 	one 	hundred 	twenty 	square 	feet
in 	total 	area 	including 	related 	equipment;
contain 	more 	than 	2,000 	gallons 	of 	water; 	or
exceed 	two 	feet 	in 	depth;
(7) 	Open 	space 	and 	parks. 	Any 	improvement
project 	over, 	upon, 	under 	or 	across 	any 	open
space 	or 	park 	pursuant 	to 	Figure 	1.11 	(civic
space), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of
this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of
this 	chapter; 	and
(8) 	Any 	public 	utility 	project.
(c) 	Action. 	In 	accordance 	with 	Figure 	1.1
(approval 	requirements 	matrix), 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end
217-75
2976
Complete printed PDF page 81
§15-217-79
of 	this 	chapter, 	the 	executive 	director 	shall 	approve
all 	rules 	clearance 	applications 	consistent 	with 	this
section 	after 	receipt 	of 	a 	complete 	application 	and
payment 	of 	the 	requisite 	fee. 	[Eff 	NOV11 201f 	J
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-80 	Improvement 	and 	development 	permits.
(a) 	Applicability. 	All 	new 	improvement 	projects 	and
developments 	shall 	require 	a 	permit 	unless 	waived 	in
accordance 	with 	section 	15-217-90 	(minor 	changes) 	or
eligible 	for 	a 	rules 	clearance 	under 	section
15-217-79.
(b) 	Initiation. 	A developer 	may 	apply 	for 	an
improvement 	permit 	or 	development 	permit 	by 	filing 	an
application 	with 	the 	executive 	director.
(c) 	Types. 	There 	shall 	be 	two 	types 	of 	permits
improvement 	and 	development. 	Each 	type 	shall 	be
subject 	to 	the 	decision-maker 	review 	and 	action
pursuant 	to 	Figure 	1.1 	(approval 	requirements 	matrix),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter:
(1) 	Improvement 	permits 	shall 	apply 	to
improvement 	projects 	and 	are 	subject 	to
executive 	director 	review 	and 	action; 	and
(2) 	Development 	permits 	shall 	apply 	to
developments 	and 	are 	subject 	to 	authority
review 	and 	action.
(d) 	Required 	findings. 	Approval 	of 	an
improvement 	or 	development 	permit 	shall 	require 	all
the 	following 	findings 	of 	fact:
(1) 	Mauka 	area 	plan 	consistency. 	That 	the
proposal 	complies 	with 	and 	advances 	the
goals, 	policies 	and 	objectives 	of 	the 	mauka
area 	plan;
(2) 	Mauka 	area 	rules 	consistency. 	That 	the
proposal 	will 	protect, 	preserve, 	or 	enhance
desirable 	neighborhood 	characteristics
through 	compliance 	with 	the 	standards 	and
guidelines 	of 	the 	mauka 	area 	rules; 	and
217-76
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 82
§15-217-80
(3) 	Compatibility. 	That 	the 	proposal 	will 	not
have 	a 	substantial 	adverse 	effect 	on
surrounding 	land 	uses 	and 	will 	be 	compatible
with 	the 	existing 	and 	planned 	land 	use
character 	of 	the 	surrounding 	area.
(e) 	Conditions. 	In 	approving 	an 	improvement 	or
development 	permit, 	the 	decision-maker 	may 	impose 	any
reasonable 	conditions 	to 	ensure 	that 	the 	approval
complies 	with 	the 	findings 	required 	above. 	Any
conditions 	attached 	to 	an 	improvement 	or 	development
permit 	issued 	by 	the 	executive 	director 	or 	authority,
as 	the 	case 	may 	be, 	under 	any 	previously 	enacted
zoning 	regulations, 	subdivision, 	or 	other
administrative 	rules 	shall 	continue 	to 	apply 	to 	the
proposed 	use 	and 	shall 	be 	enforceable 	as 	provided 	in
section 	15-217-92 	(violations 	and 	enforcement). 	Such
conditions 	may 	be 	waived 	if 	an 	improvement 	or
development 	permit 	application 	is 	approved 	by 	the
decision-maker 	which 	originally 	imposed 	such
condition(s) 	and 	where 	the 	applicant 	agrees 	to 	waive
and 	abandon 	all 	rights 	secured 	under 	the 	regulations
formerly 	in 	effect.
(f) 	Design 	advisory 	board 	("DAB"). 	The
executive 	director 	may 	convene 	a 	DAB prior 	to 	acting
on 	an 	improvement 	permit 	application. 	Where 	an
application 	has 	been 	referred 	to 	the 	authority 	for
review 	and 	action 	under 	section 	15-217-BO(g) 	or 	when
reviewing 	a 	development 	permit 	application, 	the
authority 	may 	convene 	a 	DAB whether 	or 	not 	the
executive 	director 	has 	done 	so 	previously:
(1) 	Composition. 	The 	DAB shall 	be 	comprised 	of
the 	HCDA's 	director 	of 	planning 	and
development 	or 	his/her 	designee, 	one 	member
of 	the 	authority, 	and 	one 	or 	more 	technical
consultants 	(e.g., 	architect, 	landscape
architect, 	engineer) 	chosen 	by 	the 	executive
director;
(2) 	Fee. 	The 	applicant 	shall 	compensate 	the
authority 	for 	all 	costs 	relating 	to 	the
participation 	of 	technical 	consultants 	in
the 	DAB. 	Prior 	to 	retaining 	technical
consultants, 	the 	executive 	director 	shall
217-77
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 83
§15-217-80
consult 	with 	the 	applicant 	on 	their 	fees 	and
work 	scope; 	provided, 	however, 	that 	the
executive 	director 	may 	accept 	or 	reject 	the
applicant's 	recommendations 	and/or 	comments
on 	the 	technical 	consultant 	to 	be 	retained
at 	the 	executive 	director's 	sole 	discretion;
and
(3) 	Purpose. 	The 	DAB shall 	provide 	only
non-binding 	recommendations 	to 	the 	executive
director 	or, 	in 	the 	case 	of 	referral 	under
section 	15-217-S0(g), 	to 	the 	authority.
(g) 	Authority 	referral. 	The 	executive 	director
may 	refer 	an 	improvement 	permit 	application 	to 	the
authority 	for 	review 	and 	action. 	Where 	a 	DAB has 	been
or 	will 	be 	convened, 	the 	DAB shall 	review 	the
application 	and 	provide 	its 	non-binding
recommendations 	to 	the 	authority. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-81 	Conditional 	use 	permit. 	(a)
Purpose. 	This 	section 	provides 	for 	certain 	uses 	that,
because 	of 	unique 	characteristics 	or 	potential 	impacts
on 	adjacent 	land 	uses, 	may 	be 	authorized 	only 	under
appropriate 	standards 	and 	factors 	set 	forth 	in 	the
rules. 	No 	inherent 	right 	exists 	to 	receive 	a
conditional 	use 	permit. 	Such 	authorization 	must 	be
approved 	under 	a 	specific 	set 	of 	circumstances 	and
conditions. 	Each 	application 	and 	situation 	is 	unique.
Every 	conditional 	use 	permit 	application 	or 	amendment
shall 	at 	a 	minimum 	be 	required 	to 	comply 	with 	every
requirement 	contained 	in 	each 	subchapter 	of 	the 	rules.
Mere 	compliance 	with 	the 	generally 	applicable
requirements 	however 	may 	not 	be 	sufficient, 	and
additional 	measures 	and 	conditions 	may 	be 	necessary 	to
mitigate 	the 	impact 	of 	the 	proposed 	development.
(b) 	Applicability. 	All 	uses 	identified 	by 	"CU"
in 	Figure 	1.9 	(land 	use), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a
part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter, 	shall 	require 	conditional 	use 	permit
approval.
217-78
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 84
§15-217-81
(c) 	Decision-maker. 	Conditional 	use 	permits
shall 	be 	subject 	to 	the 	authority 	review 	and 	action
pursuant 	to 	Figure 	1.1 	(approval 	requirements 	matrix),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(d) 	Findings. 	Approval 	of 	a 	conditional 	use
permit 	shall 	require 	all 	the 	following 	findings 	of
fact:
( 1) 	The 	use 	is 	allowed 	within 	the 	applicable
zone 	and 	complies 	with 	all 	other 	applicable
provisions 	of 	the 	rules;
( 2) 	The 	use 	will 	conform 	to 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan;
( 3) 	The 	design, 	location, 	size 	and 	operating
characteristics 	of 	the 	proposed 	use 	are
compatible 	with 	the 	existing 	and 	future 	uses
in 	the 	vicinity;
( 4) 	The 	site 	is 	physically 	suitable 	for 	the
type, 	density 	and 	intensity 	of 	use 	being
proposed, 	including 	access, 	utilities, 	and
the 	absence 	of 	physical 	constraints; 	and
(5) 	Granting 	the 	permit 	would 	not 	be 	detrimental
to 	the 	public 	health, 	safety, 	or 	welfare, 	or
materially 	injurious 	to 	persons, 	property,
or 	improvements 	in 	the 	vicinity 	and 	Zone 	in
which 	the 	property 	is 	located.
(e) 	Conditions. 	In 	approving 	any 	conditional
use 	permit, 	the 	authority 	may 	impose 	such 	reasonable
standards, 	conditions, 	or 	requirements, 	in 	addition 	to
or 	that 	supersede 	any 	standard 	specified 	in 	the 	rules,
as 	it 	may 	deem 	necessary 	to 	protect 	the 	public 	welfare
and 	in 	order 	to 	ensure 	the 	approval 	will 	comply 	with
the 	findings 	of 	section 	15-217-Bl(d) 	(conditional 	use
permit). 	Such 	additional 	standards, 	conditions 	or
requirements 	may 	include, 	but 	need 	not 	be 	limited 	to:
(1) 	Financing 	and 	availability 	of 	adequate
public 	facilities 	or 	services;
( 2) 	Dedication 	of 	land;
( 3) 	Reservation 	of 	land;
( 4) 	Payment 	of 	exactions;
( 5) 	Impact 	fees;
( 6) 	Creation 	of 	special 	assessment 	districts;
217-79
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 85
§15-217-81
(7) 	Creation 	of 	restrictive 	covenants 	or
easements;
(8) 	Special 	setbacks;
(9) 	Yard 	requirements;
(10) 	Increased 	screening 	or 	landscaping
requirements;
(11) 	Area 	requirements;
(12) 	Development 	phasing;
(13) 	Standards 	pertaining 	to 	traffic,
circulation, 	noise, 	lighting, 	hours 	of
operation, 	protection 	of 	environmentally
sensitive 	areas, 	and 	similar
characteristics;
(14) 	Provision 	of 	sustainable 	features, 	solar 	or
other 	renewable 	energy 	source, 	rain 	water
capture, 	storage 	and 	treatment 	or 	other
sustainability 	requirement 	in 	section
15-217-59 	(green 	building); 	or
(15) 	Require 	that 	a 	performance 	guarantee 	-
acceptable 	in 	form, 	content, 	and 	amount 	to
the 	authority 	be 	posted 	by 	the 	applicant 	to
ensure 	continued 	compliance 	with 	all
conditions 	and 	requirements 	as 	may 	be
specified. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-82 	Variances. 	(a) 	Purpose. 	This
section 	is 	intended 	to 	provide 	a 	mechanism 	for 	relief
from 	the 	strict 	application 	of 	the 	rules 	where 	the
strict 	application 	will 	deprive 	the 	property 	owner 	of
privileges 	enjoyed 	by 	similar 	properties 	because 	of
the 	subject 	property's 	unique 	and 	special 	conditions.
Economic 	or 	financial 	hardship 	alone 	is 	not 	sufficient
justification 	for 	granting 	a 	variance.
(b) 	Applicability. 	All 	requirements 	of 	the
rules 	are 	mandatory 	unless 	approval 	of 	variance 	is
obtained, 	except 	as 	limited 	by 	section 	15-217-82(f)
(variances) 	.
(c) 	Types. 	There 	shall 	be 	two 	types 	of
variances 	- 	minor 	and 	major. 	Each 	type 	shall 	be
217-80
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 86
§15-217-82
subject 	to 	the 	decision-maker 	review 	and 	action 	of
Figure 	1.1 	(approval 	requirements 	matrix), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter:
(1) 	Minor 	variances 	shall 	apply 	to 	projects 	on
parcels 	20,000 	square 	feet 	or 	less 	and 	are
subject 	to 	executive 	director 	review 	and
action; 	and
(2) 	Major 	variances 	shall 	apply 	to 	projects 	on
parcels 	over 	20,000 	square 	feet 	and 	are
subject 	to 	authority 	review 	and 	action.
(d) 	Findings. 	Approval 	of 	a 	variance 	shall
require 	all 	the 	following 	findings 	of 	fact:
(1) 	Uniqueness. 	That 	there 	are 	unique 	physical
conditions, 	including 	irregularity,
narrowness 	or 	shallowness 	of 	lot 	size 	or
shape, 	or 	exceptional 	topographical 	or 	other
physical 	conditions 	peculiar 	to 	and 	inherent
in 	the 	particular 	lot; 	and 	that, 	as 	a 	result
of 	such 	unique 	physical 	conditions,
practical 	difficulties 	or 	unusual 	hardship
arise 	in 	complying 	strictly 	with 	the
standards 	of 	the 	rules;
(2) 	Self-created 	hardship. 	That 	the 	practical
difficulties 	or 	unusual 	hardship 	claimed 	as
the 	basis 	for 	a 	variance 	has 	not 	been
created 	by 	the 	owner 	or 	by 	a 	predecessor 	in
title;
(3) 	Minimal 	deviation. 	That 	the 	variance, 	if
granted, 	is 	the 	minimum 	deviation 	necessary
to 	afford 	relief; 	and 	to 	this 	end, 	the
decision-maker 	may 	permit 	a 	lesser 	variance
than 	that 	applied 	for;
(4) 	Neighborhood 	character. 	That 	the 	variance,
if 	granted, 	will 	not 	alter 	the 	existing 	or
planned 	character 	of 	the 	neighborhood 	or
neighborhood 	zone 	in 	which 	the 	lot 	is
located; 	will 	not 	substantially 	impair 	the
appropriate 	use 	or 	development 	of 	adjacent
property; 	and 	will 	not 	be 	detrimental 	to 	the
public 	welfare; 	and
217-81
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 87
§15-217-82
(5) 	No 	adverse 	impact. 	The 	variance 	would
result 	in 	development 	that 	is 	not
detrimental 	to 	or 	that 	would 	adversely
impact 	adjacent 	properties.
(e) 	Variances 	for 	buildings 	for 	civic 	uses. 	In
addition 	to 	the 	findings 	required 	by 	section
15-217-82(d) 	above, 	a 	community 	identity 	finding 	shall
also 	be 	required 	to 	grant 	approval 	for 	a 	variance
involving 	a 	new 	building 	or 	substantial 	modification
to 	an 	existing 	building 	providing 	for 	a 	civic 	land 	use
classification 	of 	Figure 	1.9 	(land 	use), 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter. 	The 	community
identity 	finding 	establishes 	that 	the 	building 	and 	use
provides 	a 	public 	service 	dedicated 	to 	arts, 	culture,
education, 	recreation, 	government, 	transit 	or 	public
parking 	and 	is 	uniquely 	designed 	to 	feature 	as 	a
prominent, 	architecturally 	significant 	contribution 	to
the 	built 	environment 	such 	that 	deviation 	from 	the
provisions 	of 	the 	rules 	is 	warranted.
(f) 	Limitations. 	The 	following 	shall 	not 	be
eligible 	for 	variance 	approval:
(1) 	Change 	of 	zone;
(2) 	Deletion 	of 	any 	thoroughfare 	identified 	in
the 	thoroughfare 	plan;
(3) 	Figure 	1.5 	(parks 	and 	open 	space 	plan),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
(4) 	Figure 	1.6 	(view 	corridors), 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
associated 	setback 	requirements;
(5) 	Land 	use 	classifications 	as 	allocated 	to
neighborhood 	zones 	- 	Figure 	1.9 	(land 	use),
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this
chapter;
(6) 	Any 	buildings 	types 	and 	frontages 	types 	not
allocated 	to 	neighborhood 	zones; 	and
(7) 	Any 	maximum 	floor 	area 	ratio 	standard.
217-82
2976
Complete printed PDF page 88
§15-217-83
(g) 	Submittal 	requirements. 	Each 	variance
application 	shall 	include, 	at 	a 	minimum, 	the
following:
(1) 	A statement 	of 	the 	standard 	or 	standards
that 	are 	the 	subject 	of 	the 	proposed
variance;
(2) 	A textual 	description 	of 	the 	manner 	in 	which
the 	applicant 	proposes 	to 	deviate 	from 	such
evaluation 	standard 	or 	standards;
(3) 	Plans 	drawn 	to 	scale, 	showing 	the 	nature,
location, 	dimensions, 	and 	elevation 	of 	the
structure, 	area 	or 	part 	thereof 	that 	is 	the
subject 	of 	the 	proposed 	variance; 	including
the 	development 	projects 	relationship 	to 	the
surrounding 	context;
(4) 	A justification 	for 	the 	proposed 	variance 	in
light 	of 	the 	requirements 	set 	forth 	above;
and
(5) 	Other 	information 	as 	may 	be 	required 	by 	the
decision-maker. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	l 	(Auth:
HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-83 	Master 	plan. 	(a) 	Purpose. 	The
provisions 	of 	this 	section 	is 	intended 	to 	provide 	for
a 	flexible 	approach 	to 	development, 	encourage
investment 	in 	new 	development 	and 	commitment 	to 	the
master 	planning 	of 	large 	land 	holdings. 	A further
purpose 	of 	this 	section 	is 	to 	derive 	public 	benefits,
such 	as 	reserved 	housing, 	public 	parking, 	off-site
infrastructure 	and 	other 	public 	facilities 	from 	master
plan 	developers, 	in 	exchange 	for 	greater 	development
flexibility 	for 	a 	specified 	period.
(b) 	Applicability. 	Developers 	of 	project 	sites
over 	five 	acres 	are 	eligible 	to 	apply 	for 	a 	master
plan 	permit.
(c) 	Contents. 	A master 	plan 	permit 	may
authorize 	only 	the 	following:
(1) 	A development 	approval 	period 	up 	to 	ten
years;
217-83
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 89
§15-217-83
(2) 	The 	provision 	of 	reserved 	housing 	outside 	of
the 	mauka 	area; 	and
(3) 	Public 	facilities, 	beyond 	that 	required 	by
the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	or 	the 	mauka 	area 	rules,
including, 	but 	not 	limited 	to, 	parks 	and
open 	space, 	public 	infrastructure, 	and
public 	art.
(d) 	Findings. 	The 	authority 	shall 	make 	the
following 	findings 	of 	fact 	in 	order 	to 	approve 	a
master 	plan 	permit:
(1) 	That 	the 	master 	plan 	implements 	and 	is
consistent 	with 	the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	and
mauka 	area 	rules; 	and
(2) 	That 	the 	master 	plan 	will 	either 	enhance 	or
provide 	necessary 	public 	facilities, 	as
provided 	for 	in 	section 	15-217-83 	(f) 	(master
plan) 	.
(e) 	Submittal 	requirements. 	Each 	master 	plan
permit 	application 	shall 	include, 	at 	a 	minimum, 	the
following:
(1) 	Plans 	and 	supporting 	information 	sufficient
to 	clearly 	indicate 	the 	pattern 	and
implications 	of 	development 	within 	the
master 	plan 	area;
(2) 	Proposed 	development 	approval 	timeframe;
(3) 	Proposed 	number, 	location, 	type 	and 	size 	of
reserved 	housing;
(4) 	Proposed 	public 	facility 	improvements; 	and
(5) 	Such 	other 	information 	as 	may 	be 	required 	by
the 	executive 	director 	or 	authority.
(f) 	Public 	facilities. 	All 	public 	facilities
above 	those 	required 	by 	these 	rules 	and 	other
administrative 	rules 	of 	the 	Hawaii 	community
development 	authority 	may 	be 	voluntarily 	offered 	by
the 	master 	plan 	applicant.
(g) 	Time 	extension. 	The 	authority 	may 	authorize
a 	master 	plan 	approval 	time 	extension 	for 	up 	to 	a
five-year 	time 	period. 	A maximum 	of 	two 	time
extensions 	may 	be 	authorized. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-7, 	206E-33)
217-84
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 90
§15-217-84
§15-217-84 	Floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer. 	(a)
Purpose. 	The 	purpose 	of 	this 	section 	is 	to 	offer 	a
discretionary 	review 	process 	for 	the 	transfer 	of 	floor
area 	within 	the 	mauka 	area 	from 	a 	sending 	site 	to 	a
receiving 	site. 	More 	specifically, 	the 	purposes 	are
to 	encourage 	the 	transfer 	of 	floor 	area 	to 	properties
with 	lot 	dimensions 	that 	allow 	for 	additional 	floor
while 	complying 	with 	the 	building 	envelope
requirements 	set 	forth 	in 	Figures 	BT.1 	to 	BT.10, 	dated
September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	building
height 	requirements 	set 	forth 	in 	Figures 	NZ.l 	to 	NZ.7,
dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter.
(b) 	Generally. 	The 	proposed 	creation 	and
redemption 	of 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfers 	will 	take
place 	·solely 	on 	a 	voluntary 	basis 	between 	consenting
parties. 	Landowners 	are 	not 	required 	to 	create 	or
convey 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfers. 	However, 	floor
area 	ratio 	transfers 	must 	be 	created, 	conveyed, 	or
redeemed 	in 	accordance 	with 	this 	section 	to 	be
recognized 	by 	the 	authority.
(c) 	Land 	not 	eligible. 	Floor 	area 	ratio
transfers 	shall 	not 	involve 	an 	existing 	public 	park 	or
open 	space.
(d) 	Mandatory 	conjoined 	application. 	All
requests 	to 	create, 	convey 	and 	redeem 	floor 	area 	ratio
transfer 	credits 	shall 	be 	accompanied 	by 	and 	occur 	in
conjunction 	with 	the 	following:
(1) 	A project 	agreement 	including 	any
accompanying 	permit 	approval 	request
including, 	but 	not 	limited 	to, 	an
improvement 	permit, 	a 	development 	permit,
conditional 	use 	permit, 	variance, 	and 	master
plan 	permit; 	and
(2) 	A proposal 	to 	create, 	convey 	and 	redeem
floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	shall 	be
accompanied 	on 	forms 	promulgated 	by 	the
executive 	director, 	and 	which 	contains 	the
following 	information:
(A) 	Particular 	to 	sending 	site(s):
217-85
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 91
§15-217-84
(i) 	A cover 	letter 	identifying 	the
landowner's 	name, 	mailing
address, 	and 	contact 	information
and 	briefly 	explaining 	what 	the
landowner 	seeks 	to 	accomplish;
(ii) 	A certificate 	of 	title
demonstrating 	ownership 	of 	the
proposed 	sending 	site(s) 	and
receiving 	site;
(iii) 	A draft 	covenant 	that 	provides
the 	protections 	and 	restrictions
on 	the 	proposed 	property
consistent 	with 	section
15-217-84 	(h) ;
(iv) 	A baseline 	documentation 	report
that 	establishes 	the 	current
condition 	of 	the 	proposed
sending 	site(s) 	and 	which
contains, 	at 	a 	minimum: 	(1)
general 	location 	map; 	(2) 	a
legal 	description 	and 	sketch 	of
parcel 	boundaries; 	and 	(3)
documentation 	(such 	as 	maps,
written 	summaries, 	and
photographs) 	of 	existing
conditions 	that 	relate 	to 	the
proposed 	easement 	restrictions
as 	well 	as 	the 	proposed 	rights
to 	be 	retained 	by 	the 	landowner;
and
(v) 	An 	affidavit, 	signed 	by 	the
landowner 	and 	preparer 	of 	the
submittal, 	attesting 	to 	the
accuracy 	of 	the 	information
contained 	in 	the 	baseline
documentation 	report; 	and
(B) 	Particular 	to 	a 	receiving 	site. 	Plans,
diagrams 	and 	supporting 	text 	which
clearly 	identifies 	and 	illustrates 	the
location 	and 	extent 	of 	proposed 	floor
area 	transfer 	credit.
217-86
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 92
§15-217-84
(e) 	Decision-maker. 	The 	authority 	shall 	review
and 	act 	upon 	all 	applications 	for 	floor 	area 	ratio
transfers 	to 	create, 	convey 	and 	redeem 	floor 	area
ratio 	transfer 	credits 	after 	receiving 	a
recommendation 	from 	the 	executive 	director.
(f) 	Findings. 	The 	authority 	must 	make 	the
following 	findings 	of 	fact 	in 	order 	to 	approve 	an
application 	to 	create, 	convey 	and 	redeem 	floor 	area
ratio 	transfer 	credits:
(1) 	That 	the 	receiving 	site 	allows 	for
additional 	floor 	area 	while 	complying 	with
the 	building 	envelope 	requirements 	set 	forth
in 	Figures 	BT.1 	to 	BT.10, 	dated 	September
2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and
building 	height 	requirements 	set 	forth 	in
Figures 	NZ.1 	to 	NZ.7, 	dated 	September 	2011,
made 	a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at
the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter; 	and
(2) 	That 	the 	creation, 	conveyance 	and 	redemption
of 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits, 	as
proposed 	or 	as 	modified 	by 	the 	authority,
enables 	the 	subject 	lots 	to 	fulfill 	the
development 	objectives 	of 	the 	mauka 	area
plan 	and 	mauka 	area 	rules.
(g) 	Limitations. 	The 	creation, 	conveyance 	and
redemption 	of 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	shall
be 	limited 	by 	the 	following 	parameters:
(1) 	Floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	shall 	not
be 	created 	or 	redeemed 	in 	conjunction 	with 	a
variance 	approval 	to 	exceed 	any 	maximum
building 	height, 	building 	footprint 	or
reduce 	any 	setback 	related 	to 	Figure 	1.6
(view 	corridors), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made
a 	part 	of 	this 	chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the
end 	of 	this 	chapter;
(2) 	No more 	than 	fifty 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	mauka
area 	plan 	and 	mauka 	area 	rules 	maximum
permitted 	floor 	area 	ratio 	shall 	be
transferred 	from 	any 	sending 	site; 	provided,
however, 	that 	contiguous 	lots 	may 	transfer
217-87
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 93
§15-217-84
one 	hundred 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	maximum
permitted 	floor 	area 	ratio; 	and
(3l 	Floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits 	shall 	be
created 	and 	redeemed 	concurrently. 	No 	floor
area 	ratio 	transfer 	credit 	may 	be 	reserved
for 	future 	conveyance 	to 	a 	sending 	site.
(hl 	Covenant 	running 	with 	the 	land 	required. 	In
order 	to 	establish 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer 	credits,
the 	sending 	site 	landowner 	must 	record 	a 	covenant
running 	with 	the 	land 	over 	the 	sending 	site(sl
consistent 	with 	this 	section. 	The 	covenant 	must 	.meet
the 	following 	criteria:
(ll 	The 	covenant 	shall 	run 	with 	the 	land 	on 	the
sending 	site(sl;
(2l 	The 	covenant 	shall 	restrict 	the 	floor 	area
ratio 	of 	the 	sending 	site(sl 	to 	the 	ratio
established 	by 	the 	transfer; 	and
(3l 	The 	covenant 	shall 	name 	the 	authority 	as 	an
intended 	beneficiary 	with 	the 	right 	to
enforce 	such 	covenant.
(il 	Record 	keeping. 	The 	executive 	director 	will
maintain 	a 	register 	of 	all 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer
credits 	both 	created 	and 	redeemed 	pursuant 	to 	this
section. 	On an 	annual 	basis, 	the 	executive 	director
will 	update 	this 	register 	to 	reflect 	all 	known
transfers 	and 	redemptions 	of 	floor 	area 	ratio 	transfer
credits. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	J 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4,
206E-5, 	206E-7l 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7l
§15-217-85 	Completeness 	review. 	(al 	Purpose.
The 	purpose 	of 	the 	completeness 	review 	is 	to 	determine
whether 	all 	required 	information 	is 	provided 	in 	a
permit 	application. 	A completeness 	review 	shall 	not
constitute 	a 	decision 	as 	to 	whether 	an 	application
complies 	with 	the 	provisions 	of 	the 	rules.
(bl 	Applicability. 	This 	section 	applies 	to 	all
applications 	for 	permits 	provided 	for 	in 	the 	rules.
(cl 	Application 	materials. 	No 	application 	may
be 	deemed 	complete 	unless 	all 	of 	the 	information
required 	by 	forms 	published 	by 	the 	HCDA is 	included
and 	all 	filing 	fees 	have 	been 	paid. 	The 	executive
217-88
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 94
§15-217-85
director 	shall 	ensure 	that 	application 	materials 	are
made 	available 	in 	hardcopy 	format 	at 	the 	HCDA office
and 	electronically 	via 	the 	internet.
(d) 	Jurisdiction. 	All 	applications 	shall 	be
reviewed 	by 	the 	executive 	director 	for 	completeness.
At 	the 	time 	of 	proposed 	filing 	and 	fee 	payment, 	the
executive 	director 	may 	reject 	any 	application 	that
omits 	information 	required 	by 	forms 	published 	by 	the
HCDA. 	Once 	accepted 	for 	filing, 	the 	executive
director's 	final 	determination 	on 	completeness 	of 	an
application 	is 	appealable 	to 	the 	authority 	pursuant 	to
section 	15-217-88 	(appeals).
(e) 	Commencement 	of 	time 	limit 	for 	application
decision. 	Whenever 	the 	rules 	establish 	a 	time 	period
for 	processing 	an 	application, 	such 	time 	period 	does
not 	commence 	until 	the 	executive 	director 	has 	issued 	a
certificate 	of 	completeness.
(f) 	Multiple 	permit 	approvals. 	When 	a 	proposed
project 	requires 	more 	than 	one 	permit 	approval, 	the
applicant 	shall 	apply 	for 	all 	such 	permit 	approvals
concurrently.
(g) 	Completeness 	review 	process:
(1) 	The 	executive 	director 	shall 	provide 	a
written 	determination 	on 	the 	completeness
review 	within 	forty-five 	working 	days 	of
receipt 	of 	the 	permit 	application. 	If 	a
permit 	is 	deemed 	complete, 	the 	executive
director 	shall 	issue 	a 	certificate 	of
completeness. 	If 	the 	application 	is
determined 	not 	to 	be 	complete, 	the 	executive
director's 	determination 	shall 	specify 	those
parts 	of 	the 	application 	that 	are 	incomplete
and 	shall 	indicate 	the 	manner 	in 	which 	they
can 	be 	made 	complete, 	including 	a 	list 	and
thorough 	description 	of 	the 	specific
information 	needed 	to 	complete 	the
application;
(2) 	If 	the 	application 	requires 	review 	by 	any
other 	local, 	state, 	or 	federal 	agency 	or
entity, 	the 	executive 	director 	may 	require
the 	written 	comments 	from 	such 	agency 	or
entity 	prior 	deeming 	the 	application
217-89
2976
Complete printed PDF page 95
§15-217-85
complete 	and 	until 	such 	time 	that 	the
executive 	director 	receives 	all 	such
comments, 	the 	forty-five 	day 	period 	shall 	be
tolled;
(3) 	Upon 	receipt 	of 	any 	application 	that 	has
been 	resubmitted, 	a 	new 	forty-five 	day
period 	shall 	begin, 	during 	which 	period 	the
executive 	director 	shall 	determine 	the
completeness 	of 	the 	application;
(4) 	If 	the 	applicant 	contests 	the 	executive
director's 	determination 	of 	an 	incomplete
application, 	the 	applicant 	may 	appeal 	the
executive 	director's 	determination 	to 	the
authority 	pursuant 	to 	section 	15-217-88,
(appeals). 	If 	the 	authority 	does 	not 	render
a 	decision 	on 	the 	appeal 	within 	thirty
working 	days 	after 	submittal 	of 	the
requisite 	appeal 	form 	and 	filing 	fee, 	the
application 	with 	the 	submitted 	materials
shall 	be 	deemed 	complete 	for 	the 	purposes 	of
this 	section; 	and
(5) 	Nothing 	in 	this 	section 	precludes 	an
applicant 	and 	the 	executive 	director 	from
mutually 	agreeing 	to 	an 	extension 	of 	any
time 	limit 	provided 	by 	this 	section.
(h) 	Time 	limits. 	A certificate 	of 	completeness
is 	deemed 	issued 	if 	the 	executive 	director 	fails 	to
act 	within 	the 	time 	period 	required 	for 	completeness
review. 	In 	computing 	time 	periods 	of 	this 	section,
the 	day 	upon 	which 	the 	application 	was 	submitted 	is
not 	to 	be 	included. 	Further, 	the 	last 	day 	is 	to 	be
included 	unless 	it 	is 	not 	a 	working 	day, 	in 	which
event 	the 	period 	runs 	until 	the 	next 	working 	day.
(i) 	Information 	requests. 	After 	the 	executive
director 	issues 	a 	certificate 	of 	completeness 	or
deemed 	as 	complete 	per 	section 	15-217-85(c)
(completeness 	review), 	the 	executive 	director 	or
authority 	may, 	in 	the 	course 	of 	processing 	the
application, 	request 	the 	applicant 	to 	clarify,
amplify, 	correct, 	or 	otherwise 	supplement 	the
information 	required 	for 	the 	application, 	if 	such
would 	be 	required 	by 	the 	decision-maker 	to 	render 	a
217-90
2976
Complete printed PDF page 96
§15-217-87
final 	determination 	on 	the 	merits. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-86 	Automatic 	approvals. 	(a) 	The
following 	permits 	shall 	be 	deemed 	approved 	and 	require
no 	public 	hearing 	if 	a 	certificate 	of 	completeness 	has
been 	issued 	and 	no 	decision 	is 	rendered 	within 	the
following 	review 	periods:
(1) 	Rules 	clearance 	(sixty 	calendar 	days);
(2) 	Improvement 	Permit 	(ninety 	calendar 	days);
(3) 	Development 	permit 	(one 	hundred 	eighty
calendar 	days);
(4) 	Conditional 	use 	of 	vacant 	land 	permit
(ninety 	days) 	;
(5) 	Conditional 	use 	permit 	(one 	hundred 	eighty
calendar 	days);
(6) 	Variance 	(one 	hundred 	eighty 	calendar 	days);
and
(7) 	Master 	plan 	(two 	hundred 	calendar 	days).
(b) 	Whenever 	a 	proposed 	project 	requires 	more
than 	one 	permit, 	the 	longest 	review 	period 	of 	section
15-22-86(a) 	shall 	apply 	for 	determining 	the 	deemed
approved 	date. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-87 	Approval 	period. 	(a) 	Rules
clearance 	approvals 	shall 	have 	an 	effective 	approval
period 	of 	one 	year.
(b) 	Improvement 	permits, 	development 	permits,
conditional 	use 	of 	vacant 	land, 	conditional 	use
permits 	and 	variance 	approvals 	shall 	have 	an 	effective
approval 	period 	of 	two 	years, 	unless 	extended 	under
these 	rules.
(c) 	Master 	plan 	permits 	shall 	have 	an 	effective
approval 	of 	ten 	years, 	unless 	extended 	pursuant 	to
section 	15-217-83(g).
(d) 	Prior 	to 	expiration 	and 	upon 	submittal 	of 	a
written 	request 	and 	payment 	of 	the 	applicable 	filing
217-91
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 97
§15-217-87
fee, 	an 	improvement 	permit 	may 	be 	extended 	by 	the
executive 	director 	for 	a 	period 	of 	up 	to 	one 	year.
The 	executive 	director 	may 	issue 	up 	to 	two 	extensions.
Development 	permits 	may 	be 	extended 	by 	the 	authority
for 	a 	period 	of 	up 	to 	one 	year. 	The 	authority 	may
issue 	up 	to 	two 	extensions 	for 	development 	permits.
(e) 	In 	computing 	the 	approval 	period, 	the 	day
upon 	which 	the 	approval 	was 	granted 	is 	not 	to 	be
included. 	Further, 	the 	last 	day 	is 	to 	be 	included
unless 	it 	is 	not 	a 	working 	day, 	in 	which 	event 	the
period 	runs 	until 	the 	next 	working 	day.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-88 	Appeals. 	(a) 	Decisions 	of 	the
executive 	director 	rendered 	in 	the 	administration 	of
the 	rules 	are 	appealable, 	as 	provided 	herein, 	to 	the
authority 	(see 	Figure 	1.1 	(approval 	requirements
matrix), 	dated 	September 	2011, 	made 	a 	part 	of 	this
chapter, 	and 	attached 	at 	the 	end 	of 	this 	chapter).
(b) 	An 	appeal 	of 	an 	executive 	director 	decision
shall 	be 	sustained 	by 	the 	authority 	only 	if 	it 	finds:
(1) 	The 	executive 	director's 	decision 	was 	based
on 	an 	erroneous 	finding 	of 	material 	fact; 	or
(2) 	The 	executive 	director 	acted 	in 	an 	arbitrary
or 	capricious 	manner 	or 	had 	manifestly
abused 	his 	or 	her 	discretion.
(c) 	All 	appeals 	of 	a 	decision 	by 	the 	executive
director 	shall 	be 	filed 	and 	processed 	in 	accordance
with 	HCDA's 	rules 	of 	practice 	and 	procedure, 	Hawaii
administrative 	rules. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7)
§15-217-89 	Subsequent 	applications. 	If 	an
improvement 	permit, 	development 	permit, 	conditional
use 	of 	vacant 	land 	permit, 	conditional 	use 	permit,
variance, 	or 	master 	plan 	permit 	is 	denied, 	a 	new
application 	proposing 	substantially 	the 	same
development 	for 	the 	same 	property 	shall 	not 	be 	filed
217-92
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 98
§15-217-91
within 	six 	months 	after 	the 	final 	decision.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-90 	Minor 	changes. 	(a) 	After 	final
approval 	of 	a 	rules 	clearance, 	improvement 	permit,
development 	permit, 	conditional 	use 	of 	vacant 	land
permit, 	conditional 	use 	permit, 	master 	plan 	permit 	or
variance, 	the 	executive 	director 	may 	allow 	minor
amendments 	to 	the 	application 	without 	submittal 	of 	a
new 	or 	amended 	application 	when 	the 	requested
amendment(s) 	does 	not:
(1) 	Increase 	the 	number 	of 	dwelling 	units, 	floor
area, 	height, 	or 	any 	additional 	land-use
disturbance;
(2) 	Introduce 	different 	land 	uses;
(3) 	Request 	larger 	land 	area;
(4) 	Request 	greater 	variance;
(5) 	Allow 	any 	diminution 	in 	buffer 	or 	transition
areas, 	reduction 	in 	landscaping, 	reduction
of 	required 	yards, 	or 	any 	change 	in 	the
design 	characteristics 	or 	materials 	used 	in
construction 	of 	the 	structures; 	or
(6) 	Reduce 	or 	eliminate 	conditions 	attached 	to
the 	subject 	development 	approval.
(b) 	Any 	other 	change 	requests 	which 	do 	not
qualify 	under 	section 	15-22-90(a) 	(minor 	changes)
shall 	require 	the 	filing 	of 	a 	new 	application 	to 	be
processed 	in 	accordance 	with 	this 	subchapter.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	] 	(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7) 	(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7)
§15-217-91 	Nonconformities. 	(a) 	Applicability.
This 	section 	applies 	to 	nonconformities, 	including
their 	continuation, 	enlargement, 	or 	expansion. 	There
are 	two 	categories 	of 	nonconformities 	- 	uses, 	and
structures.
(b) 	Continuation. 	A nonconformity 	that 	was
lawfully 	operated, 	established, 	or 	commenced 	in
accordance 	with 	the 	provisions 	of 	all 	authority
217-93
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 99
§15-217-91
statutes 	or 	regulations 	in 	effect 	at 	that 	time 	may
continue 	subject 	to 	this 	section.
(c) 	Violation 	of 	rules. 	The 	violation 	of 	this
section 	shall 	immediately 	disallow 	a 	nonconformity.
(d) 	Nonconforming 	uses:
(1) 	Continuance 	of 	nonconforming 	uses. 	The
lawful 	use 	of 	any 	structure 	existing 	as 	of
the 	effective 	date 	of 	the 	rules 	may 	be
continued, 	although 	such 	use 	does 	not
conform 	to 	the 	provisions 	of 	the 	rules.
Such 	use 	may 	be 	extended 	throughout 	the
structure, 	provided 	that 	no 	structural
alterations 	or 	additions 	to 	the 	structure
occur, 	except 	those 	made 	in 	conformance 	with
the 	rules. 	A conforming 	structure 	in 	which
a 	nonconforming 	use 	is 	operated 	shall 	not 	be
enlarged 	or 	extended 	except 	as 	may 	be
required 	by 	the 	rules; 	and
(2) 	Changes 	of 	use:
(A) 	Any 	nonconforming 	use 	may 	be 	changed 	to
a 	use 	conforming 	with 	the 	rules
established 	for 	the 	neighborhood 	zone
in 	which 	the 	nonconforming 	use 	is
located; 	provided, 	however, 	that 	a
nonconforming 	use 	so 	changed 	shall 	not
in 	the 	future 	be 	changed 	back 	to 	a
nonconforming 	use;
(B) 	A nonconforming 	use 	may 	only 	be
expanded 	under 	the 	provisions 	of
section 	15-217-91(f) 	(nonconformities);
and
(C) 	If 	a 	nonconforming 	use 	is 	abandoned 	for
twelve 	consecutive 	months, 	any 	future
use 	of 	such 	premises 	shall 	be 	in
conformity 	with 	the 	provisions 	of 	the
rules. 	Abandonment 	of 	a 	nonconforming
use 	shall 	terminate 	the 	right 	to
continue 	the 	nonconformity.
(e) 	Nonconforming 	structures:
(1) 	Continuance 	of 	nonconforming 	structures.
Subject 	to 	the 	provisions 	of 	section
15-217-91(b), 	any 	nonconforming 	structure
217-94
2976
Complete printed PDF page 100
§15-217-91
may 	be 	occupied, 	operated, 	and 	maintained 	in
a 	state 	of 	good 	repair;
(2) 	Enlargement, 	conforming 	use. 	A
nonconforming 	structure 	in 	which 	only
permitted 	uses 	are 	operated 	may 	be 	enlarged
or 	extended 	if 	the 	enlargement 	or 	extension
can 	be 	made 	in 	compliance 	with 	all
regulations 	established 	in 	subchapter 	2
(regulating 	plan 	and 	neighborhood 	zones),
subchapter 	3 	(thoroughfare 	plan 	and
standards) 	and 	subchapter 	4 	(area 	wide
standards); 	and
(3) 	Enlargement, 	nonconforming 	use. 	A
nonconforming 	structure 	in 	which 	only
nonconforming 	uses 	are 	operated 	may 	be
enlarged 	or 	extended 	if:
(A) 	The 	enlargement 	or 	extension 	can 	be
made 	in 	compliance 	with 	all 	provisions
of 	subchapter 	2 	(regulating 	plan 	and
neighborhood 	zones), 	subchapter 	3
(thoroughfare 	plan 	and 	standards) 	and
subchapter 	4 	(area 	wide 	standards); 	and
(B) 	The 	requirements 	of 	section
15-217-9l(f) 	(nonconformities) 	are 	met;
(4) 	Enlargement, 	limited 	up 	to 	twenty-five 	per
cent 	of 	the 	floor 	area. 	A nonconforming
structure 	may 	be 	altered 	or 	enlarged 	without
compliance 	with 	all 	provisions 	of 	subchapter
2 	(regulating 	plan 	and 	neighborhood 	zones),
subchapter 	3 	(thoroughfare 	plan 	and
standards) 	and 	subchapter 	4 	(area 	wide
standards), 	provided 	that:
(A) 	The 	floor 	area 	of 	the 	proposed
construction 	does 	not 	exceed 	twenty
five 	per 	cent 	of 	the 	floor 	area 	of 	the
structure 	as 	it 	legally 	existed 	on
February 	27, 	1982, 	excluding 	proposed
demolitions;
(B) 	The 	proposed 	construction 	does 	not
encroach 	into 	a 	frontage 	area;
(C) 	The 	proposed 	construction 	does 	not
exceed 	forty-five 	feet 	in 	height;
217-95
2976
Complete printed PDF page 101
§15-217-91
(D) 	The 	proposed 	construction 	does 	not
affect 	neighboring 	properties;
(E) 	The 	parking 	requirements 	of 	this
chapter 	are 	satisfied 	for 	the 	area
proposed 	to 	be 	constructed; 	and
(F) 	The 	area 	created 	by 	the 	proposed
construction 	is 	a 	permitted 	use;
(5) 	Damage 	to 	structures. 	The 	right 	to 	operate
and 	maintain 	any 	nonconforming 	structure
shall 	terminate 	and 	shall 	cease 	to 	exist
whenever 	the 	nonconforming 	structure 	is
damaged 	in 	any 	manner 	and 	from 	any 	cause
whatsoever, 	and 	the 	cost 	of 	repairing 	such
damage 	exceeds 	fifty 	per 	cent 	of 	the
replacement 	cost 	of 	such 	structure 	on 	the
date 	of 	such 	damage. 	In 	determining 	the
replacement 	cost 	of 	any 	nonconforming
structure, 	the 	cost 	of 	land 	or 	any 	factors
other 	than 	the 	nonconforming 	structure
itself 	shall 	not 	be 	included. 	The 	executive
director 	shall 	require 	the 	submission 	of
sufficient 	evidence 	to 	verify 	the 	cost 	of
repairing 	such 	structure, 	with 	the 	final
determination 	of 	replacement 	cost 	made 	by
the 	executive 	director. 	A nonconforming
single-family 	dwelling 	unit 	that 	is
destroyed 	or 	damaged 	more 	than 	fifty 	per
cent 	of 	the 	replacement 	cost 	may 	be 	rebuilt,
provided 	that 	a 	development 	permit 	is 	issued
within 	one 	year 	of 	the 	date 	of 	such 	damage
or 	destruction. 	The 	executive 	director
shall 	require 	the 	submission 	of 	sufficient
evidence 	to 	verify 	the 	date 	of 	damage 	or
destruction; 	and
(6) 	Exception 	for 	repairs 	pursuant 	to 	public
order. 	Nothing 	in 	this 	subsection 	shall 	be
deemed 	to 	prevent 	the 	strengthening 	or
restoration 	to 	a 	safe 	condition 	of 	a
building 	or 	structure 	in 	accordance 	with 	an
order 	of 	a 	public 	official 	who 	is 	charged
with 	protecting 	the 	public 	safety 	and 	who
declares 	such 	structure 	to 	be 	unsafe 	and
217-96
297&
Complete printed PDF page 102
§15-217-91
orders 	it 	to 	restoration 	to 	a 	safe
condition, 	provided 	that 	such 	restoration 	is
not 	otherwise 	in 	violation 	of 	the 	various
provisions 	of 	this 	subsection 	prohibiting
the 	repair 	or 	restoration 	of 	partially
damaged 	or 	destroyed 	buildings 	or
structures.
(f) 	Expansion 	of 	nonconformities:
(1) 	Applicability. 	No nonconforming 	use 	or
structure 	shall 	expand 	more 	than 	twenty-five
per 	cent 	of 	the 	floor 	area 	of 	the 	structure,
exclusive 	of 	any 	proposed 	demolition, 	as 	it
legally 	existed 	on 	February 	27, 	1982 	unless
a 	conditional 	use 	permit 	has 	been 	granted 	as
set 	forth 	in 	section 	15-217-81 	(conditional
use 	permit); 	and
(2) 	Evaluation 	criteria. 	In 	addition 	to 	the
criteria 	required 	to 	be 	met 	for 	a 	section
15-217-81(d) 	(conditional 	use 	permit), 	the
following 	criteria 	shall 	apply 	to 	the
issuance 	of 	a 	conditional 	use 	permit 	for 	the
expansion 	of 	a 	nonconforming 	use 	or
structure:
(A) 	The 	termination 	of 	such 	nonconformity
will 	result 	in 	unnecessary 	hardship;
(B) 	The 	expansion 	of 	the 	nonconformity 	will
not 	be 	contrary 	to 	the 	public 	interest;
(C) 	The 	expansion 	of 	the 	nonconformity 	will
not 	substantially 	or 	permanently 	injure
the 	appropriate 	use 	of 	adjacent
conforming 	property;
(D) 	The 	use 	is 	consistent 	with 	the 	spirit
and 	purpose 	of 	these 	regulations 	and
the 	mauka 	area 	plan 	goals, 	objectives,
and 	policies;
(E) 	The 	plight 	of 	the 	applicant 	for 	which
the 	expansion 	of 	the 	nonconformity 	is
sought 	is 	due 	to 	unique 	circumstances
existing 	on 	the 	property 	and 	within 	the
surrounding 	area;
(F) 	The 	expansion 	of 	the 	nonconformity 	will
not 	substantially 	weaken 	the 	general
217-97
29 7 6,
Complete printed PDF page 103
§15-217-91
purposes 	of 	this 	section 	or 	the
regulations 	established 	in 	this 	section
for 	the 	applicable 	neighborhood 	zone;
(G) 	The 	expansion 	of 	the 	nonconformity 	will
not 	adversely 	affect 	the 	public 	health,
safety, 	and 	welfare; 	and
(H) 	Nonconforming 	parking 	and 	loading 	may
be 	continued, 	subject 	to 	the 	following
provisions:
(1) 	If 	there 	is 	a 	change 	in 	use 	which
has 	a 	greater 	parking 	or 	loading
requirement 	than 	the 	former 	use,
additional 	parking 	and 	loading
shall 	be 	required 	and 	shall 	not 	be
less 	than 	the 	difference 	between
the 	requirements 	for 	the 	former
use 	and 	the 	proposed 	use; 	and
(2) 	Off-street 	parking 	and 	loading
requirements 	of 	this 	section 	shall
be 	satisfied 	for 	additional 	floor
area 	constructed.
[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	(Auth: 	HRS
§§206E-4, 	206E-5, 	206E-7, 	206E-33)
(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5,
206E-7, 	206E-33)
§15-217-92 	Violations 	and 	enforcement. 	All
provisions 	relating 	to 	violations 	of 	these 	rules 	and
enforcement 	of 	said 	violations 	are 	provided 	in 	HCDA's
rules 	of 	practice 	and 	procedure. 	[Eff 	NOV11 2011 	l
(Auth: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-22) 	(Imp: 	HRS §206E-22)
§15-217-93 	Fee 	schedule. 	The 	following 	fee
schedule 	shall 	be 	applicable 	to 	all 	permits, 	rule
clearance, 	and 	public 	hearings.
217-98
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 104
§15-217-107
Rule 	Clearance 	$20.00
Conditional 	Use 	of
Vacant 	Land
$20.00
Improvement 	Permit 	Cost: 	Project 	Size:
--
$20 	up 	to 	1,000 	s . f .
$100 	1,001-10,000 	s.f.
$500 	10,001-30,000 	s. f.
$1,000 	> 	30,000 	s. f.
Development 	Permit 	$6,400 	plus 	the 	cost 	of
public 	hearing
Master 	Plan 	Permit 	$10,000 	plus 	the 	cost 	of
public 	hearing
Variance 	$500 	plus 	the 	cost 	of 	public
hearing
[Eff 	NOV11 	2011 	(Auth: 	HRS 	§§ 	206E-4, 	206E-5)
(Imp: 	HRS §§206E-4, 	206E-5)
§§15-217-94 	to 	15-217-107 	(Reserved) 	.
217-99
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 105

Complete printed PDF page 106
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS, 	ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAND TOURISM
The 	repeal 	of 	chapter 	15-22, 	Hawaii 	Administrative
Rules, 	and 	the 	adoption 	of 	chapter 	15-217, 	Hawaii
Administrative 	Rules, 	on 	the 	Summary 	Page 	dated
September 	14, 	2011, 	were 	adopted 	on 	September 	14, 	2011,
following 	public 	hearings 	held 	on 	May 	18, 	2011 	and
September 	14, 	2011, 	after 	public 	hearing 	notices 	were 	given
in 	the 	Honolulu 	Star 	Advertiser, 	Hawaii 	Tribune-Herald, 	The
Maui 	News, 	West 	Hawaii 	Today, 	and 	The 	Garden 	Island, 	on
April 	16, 	2011 	and 	August 	14, 	2011, 	respectively.
The 	repeal 	of 	chapter 	15-22, 	Hawaii 	Administrative
Rules, 	and 	the 	adoption 	of 	chapter 	15-217, 	Hawaii
Administrative 	Rules, 	shall 	take 	effect 	ten 	days 	after
filing 	with 	the 	Office 	of 	the 	Lieutenant 	Governor.
~Executive 	Director
Hawaii 	Community 	Development
Authority
\J\(\o,¼	~k 	~Q(\_~
RI CHARa.:C. 	LIM
Director
Department 	of 	Business,
Economic 	Development, 	and
Tourism
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
C 	0
Deputy 	Attorney 	General
CyNEIL
of 	Hawaii
-	r.,
:;i,:
,_...,p.
:;1:c:
-r-1-•~'
Date: ;:;c•,
r~.r:::,
Filed
217-100
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 107

Complete printed PDF page 108
List 	of 	Figures
September 	14, 	2011
General 	Figures:
1.1 	Approval 	Requirements 	Matrix
1.2 	Regulating 	Plan
1.3 	Development 	Standards 	Summary
1. 4 	Thoroughfare 	Plan
1. 5 	Parks 	and 	Open 	Space 	Plan
1.6A 	View 	Corridors
1. 6B 	View 	Preservation
1.7A 	Street 	Tree 	Plan
1.7B 	Street 	Tree 	Charts
1.8 	Maximum 	Height 	Plan
1. 9 	Land 	Use
1.10 	Parking
1.11 	Civic 	Space
1.12 	Building 	Form
1.13 	Building 	Placement 	and 	Encroachments
1.14 	Pedestrian 	Zone 	Treatment
1.15 	Pedestrian 	Zone 	Fixtures
1.16 	Flood 	Zone 	Design 	Standards
Neighborhood 	Zone 	Figures:
NZ.1 	Civic 	Center 	(CC)
NZ.2 	Kapiolani 	(KA)
NZ.3 	Thomas 	Square 	(TS)
NZ.4 	Sheridan 	(SH)
NZ.5 	Central 	Kakaako 	(CK)
NZ.6 	Pauahi 	(PA)
NZ.7 	Auahi 	(AU)
Building 	Type 	Figures:
BT.1 	Front 	Yard 	House
BT.2 	Side 	Yard 	House
BT.3 	Townhouse
BT.4 	Duplex/Triplex/Quadplex
BT.5 	Flex 	Loft
-1-
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 109
BT.6 	Industrial 	Barn
BT.7 	Courtyard
BT.8 	Urban 	Block
BT.9 	Lei 	Building
BT.10 	Podium 	High 	Rise
Frontage 	Type 	Figures:
FT.l 	Lanai 	and 	Front 	Yard
FT.2 	Stoop
FT.3 	Dooryard
FT.4 	Forecourt
FT.5 	Shop front
FT.6 	Chinatown 	Shopfront
FT.7 	Raised 	Shopfront
FT.8 	Terrace 	Front
FT.9 	Raised 	Terrace 	Front
FT.10 	Gallery
FT.11 	Arcade
FT.12 	Kakaako 	Frontage
Pedestrian 	Zone 	Figures:
PZ.l 	Civic 	Center 	(CC)
PZ.2 	Kapiolani 	(KA)
PZ.3 	Thomas 	Square 	(TS)
PZ.4 	Sheridan 	(SH)
PZ.5 	Central 	Kakaako 	(CK)
PZ.6 	Pauahi 	(PA)
PZ.7 	Auahi 	(AU)
-2-
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 110
-
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.1 	APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
Development Approvals 	Decision 	Maker
Executive Director 	Authority
Rules Clearance 	D 	A
Improvement Permit 	D 	A
Development Permit 	R 	D
Conditional Use Permit 	R 	D
Conditional Use of Vacant Land 	D 	A
Master Plan 	R 	D
Minor Variance 	D 	A
Major Variance 	R 	D
Floor Area Ratio Transfer 	R 	D
R = Provides Recommendation to Authority
D = Renders Decision on Development Approval Application
A = Considers Appeal of Director Decision
Complete printed PDF page 111
••
■■
■■
-4- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.2 	REGULATING PLAN
Civic Center (CC)
	Kapiolani (KA)
Thomas Square (TS)
	Sheridan (SH)
	Central Kakaako (CK)
Pauahi (PA)
	Auahi (AU)
NEIGHBORHOOD ZONES

Scale = 1”=800’ Cummins Kawaiahao Cummins Waimanu Halekauwila Pohukaina South Kamakee Auahi Hopaka Central Kakaako Keawe Coral

Complete printed PDF page 112

-
-
-
I •
-5- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.3 	DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS SUMMARY
CC CIVIC
CENTER KA 	KAPIOLANI 	TS THOMAS
SQUARE SH SHERIDAN 	CK CENTRAL
KAKAAKO PA PAUAHI 	AU AUAHI
A. BUILDING TYPES	
See Figures BT.1 BT.10 for details on each type
Podium High Rise 	X 	„ 	„ 	X 	X ¹ 	„ 	„
Urban Block 	„ 	„ 	„ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	„ 	„
"Lei" Building 	„ 	„ 	„ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	„ 	„
Courtyard 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	X 	X ¹ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	X 	X
Townhouse 	X 	X ¹ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	X 	X
Flex / Loft 	„ 	X 	X 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Industrial Barn 	X 	X 	X 	X 	„ 	„ 	„
Side Yard House 	X 	X 	X 	„ 	X 	X 	X
Front Yard House 	X 	X 	X 	„ 	X 	X 	X
B. FRONTAGE TYPES	
See Figures FT.1 FT.12 for details on each type
Lanai & Front Yard 	X 	X 	X 	„ 	X 	X 	X
Stoop 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Dooryard 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Forecourt 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Shopfront 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„ 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„ 	„ 	„ 	X 	„ 	„ 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X ¹ 	X 	X ¹ 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X 	X ¹ 	X 	X 	„ 	X 	X
C. BUILDING PLACEMENT	
See Figures NZ.1 NZ.7 for details on each type
Front Build to Line 	0' - 20' 	N/S - 15' 	7' - 15' 	7' - 12' 	N/S - 15' 	N/S - 40' 	N/S - 15'
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line 	60% min 	75% min 	60% min 	50% min 	75% min 	60% min 	75% min
Setback Side 	0' 	0' 	0' 	3' 	0' 	0' 	0'
Setback Rear 	0' 	0' 	0' 	3' 	0' 	0' 	0'
D. BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height 	65' 	400' 	400' 	65' 	400' 	400' 	400'
Street Front Element Height 	30' - 65' 	30' - 65' 	30' - 65' 	15' - 65' 	20' - 65' 	40' - 65' 	40' - 65'
Maximum Density (FAR) 	3.5 	3.5 	3.5 	2 	1.5 - 3.5 * 	3.5 	3.5
* See Section 15-217-57, Adequate Infrastructure
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with Exception 	X 	Not Permitted 	N/S 	Not Specified
(See Figures NZ.1 - NZ.7)
Complete printed PDF page 113
()
-6- 	September 2011
29 7 6 
King
	Piikoi
Kamaile
Kapiolani
Alohi	
olaPensac
Elm
Rycrof
Kona
Ho
olai
Ala Moana
a
Hopak
Waimanu
Ward
Waimanu
Au
ah i
Kawaiahao
Auahi
K Kamake
ee e
ummins
	amak	
A	rcher
Clayton	
C
Waimanu	
CC	 oo	 ok	ok ee
South
Kamani	
Dreier
Curtis
Halekauwila	
Halekauwila	
Kawai
a
ahao
Kaw iahao
Emily
Punchbo
Miss
ion
Ward
ing	
Ahui	
K
Quinn
Coral	
Queen
Keawe	
Reed
P
Pohukaina
Cooke
ohukaina
Halekauwila
Punchbowl	
unchbowl
	S So	 out
hhut
P
Ala Moana
FIGURE 1.4 	THOROUGHFARE PLAN
Scale = 1”=800’
Boulevard

Service Street Street Avenue

Proposed Street or

Alley Through-Block Access

Promenade Street

Complete printed PDF page 114

FIGURE 1.5 	PARKS AND OPEN SPACE PLAN
Alohi
Elm
Rycroft
Hoolai
Kamaile
September 2011
29 7 6
Scale = 1”=800’
Parks and Open Space
Complete printed PDF page 115
■
-8- September 29	7 6
Piikoi
Kamakee
Ward
oana
Cooke
	Ala M
Punchbowl
South
FIGURE 1.6A 	VIEW CORRIDORS
Not to Scale
Designated View Corridor Streets
Complete printed PDF page 116
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.6B 	VIEW PRESERVATION
Illustrative Drawing of Key Terms: “Mauka-Makai Axis” and “Mauka-Makai Zone”
A Example location and orientation of tower buildings.

View Preservation Zone Mauka-Makai Axes for tower buildings. Each tower’s Mauka-Makai Axis is set to match the

Selected View Corridors used to establish orientation of the closest representative View Corridor, including: Punchbowl, South, Cooke, Ward,

Mauka-Makai Axis. and Piikoi. EXCEPT: All buildings along Kamakee shall use a Ward Avenue Mauka-Makai Axis.

Example Mauka-Makai Zones for tower buildings. The Zones extend 300 ft out from each tower along the tower’s Mauka-Makai Axis.

Complete printed PDF page 117

l C
{
.I 	I
I 	I
I
I I
-10- 	September 2011
2976
Pensacola
Piikoi
Kapiolani
A la Moana
Auahi
Punchbowl
South
K eawe
Cooke
Ward
Ahui
Kamakee
Cummins
Pohukaina
Auahi
Waimanu
Waimanu
Kawaiahao
Queen
Halekauwila
Proposed Future Street
	or Through block access
Coconut Palms in
Proposed Monkey
	Pod in New Median
	(Typ. Sym.)
Infi
ll, Match
Existing Median
	Tree (Typ. Sym.)
Cemetery Edge (No
	Proposed Trees)
FIGURE 1.7 	STREET TREE PLAN
Median (Typ. Sym.)
Monkey Pod Tree, 60 Ft On Center

(Samanea saman) Rainbow Shower Tree, 45 Ft On Center

(Cassia x nealiae) Loulu Palm, 20-30 Ft. On Center (Pritchardia schattaurei) Tulipwood, 30 Ft On Center

(Harpulia pendula) (Dotted Line, Typ.) Scale = 1”=800’ Coconut Palm, 3 per 50’ of Frontage

(Cocos nucifera) “Queen’s White” Shower Tree, 45 Ft On Center

(Cassia x nealiae) Note:

See the Department of Planning and Permitting, City and County of Honolulu Standards and Proceedures for the Planting of Street Trees

Complete printed PDF page 118

September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.7B 	STREET TREE CHARTS
Proposed Street Trees (Mauka - Makai)
MAUKA - MAKAI STREET NAME
Roadway
Type* 	Common Name 	Botanical Name 	Spacing 	Tree well Minimum
Size Per Tree
Planting Strip
Minimum Width Per
Punchbowl Street 	AV 	Monkey Pod 	Samanea saman 	60 Ft. On Center 	10' x 10' 	10 ft
South Street 	AV 	"Queen's White" Shower Tree 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 Ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Keawe Street 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Cooke Street 	ST 	"Queen's White" Shower Tree 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Ahui Street 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Ward Avenue 	AV 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Kamakee Street 	ST 	"Queen's White" Shower Tree 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Queen Street Extension 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Pensacola Street 	AV 	"Queen's White" Shower Tree 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Piikoi Street 	AV 	"Queen's White" Shower Tree 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Proposed Street Trees (Ewa - Diamond Head)
EWA - DIAMOND HEAD STREET NAME
Roadway
Type* 	Common Name 	Botanical Name 	Spacing 	Tree well
Minimum Size
Planting Strip
Minimum Width
King Street 	AV 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Kapiolani Boulevard 	BV 	Monkey Pod 	Samanea saman 	60 ft. On Center 	10' x 10' 	10 ft
Waimanu Street (Kamakee to Queen) 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Waimanu Street (Queen to Piikoi) 	ST 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Kawaiahao Street 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Queen Street (Punchbowl to Cooke) 	ST 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Queen Street (Cooke to Kamakee) 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Queen Street (Kamakee to Waimanu) 	ST 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Halekauwila Street (Punchbowl to
South) 	ST 	Monkey Pod 	Samanea saman 	60 ft. On Center 	10' x 10' 	10 ft
Halekauwila Street (South to Ward) 	ST 	Tulipwood 	Harpulia pendula 	30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Pohukaina Street 	ST 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Auahi Street (South to Ahui) 	ST 	Loulu Palm 	Pritchardia schattaurei 	20-30 ft. On Center 	4' x 6' 	4 ft
Auahi Street (Ward to Queen Street
Ext.) 	ST 	Rainbow Shower 	Cassia x nealiae 	45 ft. On Center 	5' x 5' 	5 ft
Ala Moana Boulevard (Median) 	AV 	Monkey Pod 	Samanea saman 	60 ft. On Center 	N/A 	10 ft
Ala Moana Boulevard (Pedestrian Zone) 	AV 	Coconut Palm 	Cocos nucifera 	3 per 50' of Frontage 	N/A 	10 ft
BV 	Boulevard
AV 	Avenue
ST 	Street
Complete printed PDF page 119
■ 	■
■ 	■
!]
■ 	■
■ 	■
September 20117 L
29 	0
FIGURE 1.8 	MAXIMUM HEIGHT PLAN
Scale = 1”=800’
Alohi
Elm
Rycroft
Hoolai
Kamaile
Ilaniwai
Coral
Keawe
Pohukaina
Cummins
A defined % of these blocks may go up to 400’. See Figures

A defined % of these blocks may go up to 400’. See 400’ Max Height

45’ Max Height NZ.1 - NZ.7. The maximum height of the remainder of these

Figures NZ.1 - NZ.7. The maximum height of the blocks is 250’.

Note that all buildings over 100 feet shall be

remainder of these blocks is 100’. subject to the Podium High Rise Building Standards. 250’ Max Height

Green Space 65’ Max Height 100’ Max Height

Complete printed PDF page 120

September 2011
FIGURE 1.9 	LAND USE
a. RESIDENTIAL 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Single Family 	- 	- 	P 	- 	- 	- 	-
Multi-family 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Second Unit 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	-
Group Home 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Home Occupation 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
b. OFFICE 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Administrative 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
c. GOODS & SERVICES 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Alcohol Sales 	P 	P 	CU 	P 	P 	P 	P
Artisan/Craft Production 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Dance-Nightclub CU 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Indoor Recreation 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Live-Work P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Outdoor Recreation P 	P 	- 	- 	P 	P 	P
Personal Services P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Recycling Collection
Facility P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Restaurants and Bars 	P 	P 	CU P 	P 	P 	P
Retail Sales 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
d. CIVIC 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Group Assembly 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Conference Center 	P 	P 	- 	CU 	- 	P 	P
Cultural Facilities 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Park & Recreation 	P 	P 	- 	- 	P 	P 	P
Public Building P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Religious Facility P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Theater P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
e. AUTOMOTIVE 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Automobile Repair 	- 	- 	- 	CU 	P 	P 	-
Gas Station 	- 	CU 	- 	CU 	P 	CU CU
Auto Rental/Sales* 	- 	- 	- 	P 	P 	P 	CU
Parking Facility P 	P 	CU P 	P 	P 	P
f. CIVIL SUPPORT 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Consulates P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Hospital 	P 	P 	- 	P 	- 	P 	P
Medical & Dental Clinic 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
g. EDUCATIONAL 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Day Care Center 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Day Care Home - 	P 	P 	- 	P 	- 	-
Educational Facilities 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P 	P
Vocational School 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
h. INDUSTRIAL 	CC 	TS 	SH 	KA 	CK 	PA 	AU
Laboratory Facility 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Light Industrial 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Media Production 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Printing & Publishing 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
Warehousing 	P 	P 	- 	P 	P 	P 	P
( - ) = Not Permitted
(P) = Permitted By Right
(CU) = Requires Conditional Use Permit
* Automobile repair use in conjunction with an automobile dealership is
considered an allowable secondary use.
Complete printed PDF page 121
FIGURE 1.10 	PARKING
1.10-A Shared Parking Ratio Chart
Multiply the sum of the required parking
spaces for each use, by the multiplier in
the table (left) to get the new required
parking amount.
Building Function 	Building Function
Residential 	Residential
Office 	Office
Retail 	Retail
.72 1
1
1
.83
.72
.83
.83	.83
1.10-B 	Parking Placement Diagram
Not to Scale
6
Parking Access Street

Existing and Proposed

Note: The Parking Placement Zone applies to all above- Open Space

ground stories, for the following building types: Front Yard House, Side Yard House, Town House, Duplex-Triplex- Alternative Parking Access Street

Note: Parking Setback is 40 feet from the

Quadplex, Flex-Loft, Industrial Barn, and Courtyard.

For parcel line unless this Parking Placement

the Urban Block building type, the Parking Placement Zone Allowed Parking Zone

Diagram shows that the Parking Zone extends

only applies to the first 21 feet of building height. For the all the way to the lot line. In this case there is

Lei Building and Podium High Rise, it applies to all above- no required parking setback.

ground stories for at least three sides of the building.

Complete printed PDF page 122

FIGURE 1.11 	CIVIC SPACE
TYPE 	DESCRIPTION 	ILLUSTRATIVE
DIAGRAM CC 	KA 	TS 	SH 	CK 	PA 	AU
Park 	A passive recreational area with a natural
landscape character. A park may be independent
of surrounding building frontages. The landscape
shall consist of paths, water bodies, open areas
defined by informal tree and palm massing and
open shelters all naturalistically disposed. Parks
may be linear, connecting various blocks of the
larger neighborhoods. The minimum size is 2
acres and there is no maximum size. Example:
Kakaako Waterfront Park and Kolowalu Park.
X 	X 	X 	X
Green 	An open space available for passive recreation.
A green may be spatially defined by landscaping
rather than building frontages. Its landscape
shall consist of lawn and trees, naturalistically
disposed with minimal hardscape. The minimum
size of a Green is ¼ acre and the maximum is 5
acres. Example: Makai Gateway Park.
X 	X 	X 	X
Square 	An open space available for passive recreation
and civic purposes. A Square is spatially defined
by building frontages. Its landscape shall
consist of paths, lawns and trees, formally
disposed with hardscape elements. Squares
shall be located at the intersection of important
thoroughfares. The minimum size of a Square
is 1/4 acres and the maximum is 2 acres.
Example: Sir Admiral Thomas Square.
■ 	■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■
u
~ 	·- 	- 	- • 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■ 	■
■
-15- 	September 2011
29 7 6
X 	X
Pocket
Park A park for passive recreational use and informal
gathering or relaxation with minimal hardscape.
Pocket parks will be interspersed within each
neighborhood with exception to the Thomas
Square neighborhood. The maximum size of a
Pocket Park is ¼ acre. Example: the park at the
corner of Cooke and Kawaiahao Streets.
X
Plaza 	An open space available to civic purposes
and commercial activities. A plaza shall be
spatially defined by building frontages. Its
landscape shall consist primarily of hardscape
and pavement and strategically placed trees
and/or palms. Plazas shall be located at the
intersection of prominent streets. The maximum
size of a Plaza is 1/4 acre. Example: Tamarind
Park at the corner of Bishop and South King
Streets.
Play-
ground An open space designed and equipped for the
recreation of children and families. A playground
shall be fenced and may include an open
shelter. Playgrounds shall be interspersed within
residential areas and may be placed within a
block. Playgrounds may be included within
Parks and Greens. There shall be no minimum
or maximum size. Example: Mother Waldron
Neighborhood Park and Sheridan Community
Park
Court-
yard An open space internal to the block and
available for passive recreation for the adjacent
land uses. A courtyard is spatially defined by
building frontage on all sides. Its landscaping
shall primarily consist of pavement, trees and
palms are optional. Size as per Building Type
standards. Examples: Various Chinatown
courtyards and Kamehameha Schools Building at
King and South Streets.
Permitted 	X 	Not Permitted
Complete printed PDF page 123
Building
Void
..- -
)
D
~
~.
·~·
.,
I
~
I
I~
...
t
...
•
D
-16- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.12 	BUILDING FORM
1.12-A 	Illustrative Building Form Diagram 	1.12-B 	Illustrative Building Form Diagram
Build-to-Line
Permitted
Parking
Zone Inside
Block (as per
Figure 1.10,
Parking)
Tower Element
Tower
Maximum Height
Podium
Parking in Podium	Encroachment 	Street 	Behind Building
Liner
Front
Element
1.12-C 	Illustrative Building Void and Floor Plate Diagrams
Maximimum Building Envelope as
Permitted by FAR
Setback to
fulfill Maximum
Floor Plate
requirements
Building
Void
Building Void
Setback to fulfill
Maximum Floor Plate
requirements
Ground Floor
Building Void 	Building Envelope 	Building Void 	Building Envelope
Building Void Illustrated: Building Profile 	Building Void Illustrated: 3-D Massing
See Section 15-217-8, Defnitions, for detailed defnitions.
Complete printed PDF page 124
FIGURE 1.13 	BUILDING PLACEMENT AND ENCROACHMENTS
1.13-A 	Illustrative Building Placement Diagram 	1.13-B 	Illustrative Building Placement Diagram for
for Building Types: Front Yard House; Side 	Building Types: Courtyard; Urban Block;
Yard House; Duplex, Triplex, Quadplex, 	Lei Building; and Podium High Rise.
Townhouse, and Flex/Loft.
A: 	Rear Setback
and Rear Yard
B: 	Side Setback
C: 	Frontage
Occupancy
D: 	Encroachment
Beyond Build
To Line (e.g.
Stoop)
Side Street
Front Street
A
F
B
E
Alley
C
D
E: 	Front Yard
F. 	Build To Line
G. 	Lot/Frontage Line
1.13-C 	Encroachments
G
'
'._
'
------ 	I 	--------
f '	-,
'	~---------------------·---------
-17-
'.-~ - - - - - - - - ------ --- - - - - - - -
September 2011
29 7 6
Side Street
Front Street
Alley
C
D
A: 	Encroachment
Beyond Build
To Line (e.g.
Awnings)
B: 	Frontage
Occupancy at
Build to Line
A
B
C: 	Build to Line
D: 	Extension of
Pedestrian
Zone into Front
Setback
E. 	Lot/Frontage Line
E
FRONT ENCROACHMENTS 	MIN VERTICAL CLEAR 	MAX HORIZONTAL CLEAR
Awnings 	16'
No more than 10' or 66 % of the distance from the
building face to the curb, whichever is less.
Signage 	12'
No more than 4' or 33 % of the distance from the
building face to the curb, whichever is less.
Gallery / Arcade / Chinatown Shopfront 	16' 	Within 2' of curb (must contain ground floor retail).
Bay Windows and Architectural Features 	21'
8' from building face, but not to extend over the lot
line.
Balconies / Porches 	21'
8' from building face, but not to extend over the lot
line.
SIDE AND REAR ENCROACHMENTS MIN VERTICAL
CLEAR MAX HORIZONTAL CLEAR
Balconies, Decks, and Architectural Features
12' (When above
Ground Floor) 	10' from lot line
Complete printed PDF page 125
.)
~
I 	1
I
-18- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.14 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT
1.14-A 	Section View, Illustrative Pedestrian Zone Treatment: Typical Condition, Guideline Only
Public Right-of-Way 	Private Property
Area 	Building
(2’ Min) 	Elevation
Lot/Frontage Line
Location Varies
Private
Frontage
Public Frontage
5’ Min. Furnishing 	Building
Area. May 	Build to
Accommodate 	Line
Planting Strip
(Not Shown).
Typical: 8’ Min.
Pedestrian
Throughwa y
Area
Typical: 15’ Min.
to Building Face
1.14-B 	Plan View, Illustrative Pedestrian Zone Treatment
/ News
Paper
Dispenser
Wells and
Planting
Seating
Light
Fixtures
Awning
Waste
Receptacle
Tree
Sidewalk
Decorative
On-Street
Parking
Bike Rack
Complete printed PDF page 126
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE 1.15 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE FIXTURES
1.15-A 	Typical Pedestrian Zone Fixtures
Typical Pedestrian Zone Fixtures
1. Special Street Lamp (Nautical Style)
2. Fire Hydrant
3. Special Paving Treatment
4. Pedestrian Lamp
5. Bus Stop Structure
6. Typical Bench
7. Waste Receptacle
8. Street Tree in Tree Well
9. Typical Bike Rack (City Standard)
1 	2 	3 	4 	5 	6 	7 	8 	9
1.15-B 	Lighting Fixtures for Promenade Streets 	1.15-C 	Lighting Fixtures for all Other Streets
Promenade Streets:
Street Light Fixture ‘A’ 	Street Light Fixture Ensemble ‘B’
Boulevards, Avenues and Streets, other than
Promenade Sidewalks:
Standard Light Street
Pole Fixture
Pedestrian Fixture
Standard Light Street
Pole Fixture 	Pedestrian Fixture
Illustrative Photo
	Illustrative Photo
	Illustrative Photo
	Illustrative Photo
Complete printed PDF page 127
September 2011
2976
FIGURE 1.16 	FLOOD ZONE DESIGN
Figure 1.16-A Internal Wheelchair Ramp (illustrative image)
Figures 1.16-B and 1.16-C External wheelchair ramps accessed directly from sidewalk to ensure easy access. Ramps
are located on the side of building (illustrative images).
Figures 1.16-D and 1.16-E External wheelchair ramps accommodated under an arcade (illustrative images).
Complete printed PDF page 128
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.1 	CIVIC CENTER (CC) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
Not Allowed
Urban Block 	65'
"Lei" Building 	65'
Courtyard Building 	55'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	Not Allowed
Townhouse 	Not Allowed
Flex / Loft 	45'
Industrial Barn 	Not Allowed
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X
Raised Terrace Front 	X
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery 	X ¹
Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X
C. BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line 	0' - 20'
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line 	60% min.
Setback Side 	0'
Setback Rear 	0'
D. BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height 	65'
Street Front Element Height Range 	30' - 65'
Maximum Density (FAR) 	3.5
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
Footnotes:
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are allowed only on the
thoroughfares indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are permitted on King Street,
Halekauwila Street, and Pohukaina Street.
• 	Gallery and Arcades frontage types shall contain retail
use.
• 	A Terrace Front frontage type shall be required where
build to lines are greater than 15 feet.
Figure NZ.1-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line, and Parking Access
20’
20’
20’
5’
5’
10’
400’ Max Height 	100’ Max Height
1
Parking Access Street	45’ Max Height 	X’ Build to Line
Dimension 	Alternative Parking Access Street
Green Space	250’ Max Height 	65’ Max Height	42	 	Block Number
20’
15’
15’
10’
10’
20’
5’
5’
5’
5’
0’
0’
5’	2
3
4
5
Complete printed PDF page 129
42
FIGURE NZ.2 	KAPIOLANI (KA) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
400'
Urban Block 	100'
"Lei" Building 	100'
Courtyard Building 	55'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	45'
Townhouse 	45'
Flex / Loft 	Not Allowed
Industrial Barn 	Not Allowed
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
C.
D.
BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line
Setback Side
Setback Rear
BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height
Street Front Element Height Range
Maximum Density (FAR)
N/S to 15'
75% min
0'
0'
400'
30' - 65'
3.5
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X ¹
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
Footnotes:
• 	The Duplex/Triplex/Quadplex building type is permitted
on Block 22 only.
• 	The Townhouse building type is permitted on Block 22
only.
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not
be used in other locations.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are allowed only on the
thoroughfares indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are permitted on Kapiolani
Boulevard only.
• 	Gallery and Arcades shall contain retail use.
• 	The Kakaako Frontage is permitted along Waimanu
Street only.
• 	All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to the
Podum High Rise building standards.
Figure NZ.2-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line, and Parking Access
10’
10’ 
10’
5’
	5-10’
5-10’

5-10’ 5-10’

5-10’

5-10’ 7’ 8’ 7’ 8’ 5’ 5’ N/S

N/S N/S N/S N/S 7’ 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’

15’ N/S N/S N/S 10’

10’ 5’ 5-10’ 10’ 10’ 5’ 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 6 6 5-10’ 5-10’ 15’ 400’ Max Height 100’ Max Height 45’ Max Height X’ Build to Line Dimension * Parking Access Street Alternative Parking Access Street 250’ Max Height 65’ Max Height Green Space Block Number

  • N/S : Not Specified. No required Build to Line
Complete printed PDF page 130
11 	I 	I
11 	I 	I■
r
■ 	■
■ 	■ 	■
-23- September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.3 	THOMAS SQUARE (TS) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
400'
Urban Block 	100'
"Lei" Building 	100'
Courtyard Building 	55'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	45'
Townhouse 	45'
Flex / Loft 	Not Allowed
Industrial Barn 	Not Allowed
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
C.
D.
BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line
Setback Side
Setback Rear
BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height
Street Front Element Height Range
Max Density (FAR)
7' - 15'
60% min.
0'
0'
400'
30' - 65'
3.5
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X
Footnotes:
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not
be used in other locations.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are allowed only on the
thoroughfares indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are permitted on Pensacola Street,
Kapiolani Boulevard, King Street and new streets, as
appropriate, only.
• 	Gallery and Arcades shall contain retail use.
• 	All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to the
Podum High Rise building standards.
Figure NZ.3-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line, and Parking Access
15’
10’
10’
10’
10’
8’
15’
7’
5-10’
6
7
This 65’ Max
height zone
does not directly
follow parcel
lines. The
depth of this
height zone is
200’ deep, as
measured from
the lot line.
Parking Access Street	400’ Max Height 	45’ Max Height 	X’ Build to Line	100’ Max Height Dimension 	Alternative Parking Access Street
Green Space	250’ Max Height 	65’ Max Height	42	 	Block Number
Complete printed PDF page 131
11
11
■
-24-
■
■
■
■
■
■
-
-
September2011
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.4 	SHERIDAN (SH) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
Not Allowed
Urban Block 	65'
"Lei" Building 	65'
Courtyard Building 	45'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	35'
Townhouse 	35'
Flex / Loft 	35'
Industrial Barn 	Not Allowed
Side Yard House 	45'
Front Yard House 	35'
C.
D.
BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line
Setback Side
Setback Rear
BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height
Street Front Element Height Range
Maximum Density (FAR)
7' - 12'
50% min
3'
3'
65'
15' - 65'
2
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	„
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	X
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X
Figure NZ.4-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line,
and Parking Access
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8’
8’
8’
8’
8’
7’ 
7’
7’
7’
7’
8’-12’
8’-12’
8
9
10 	11
12
13 	This 45’ Max
Height zone does
not directly follow
parcel lines. The
depth of this
height zone in
the area indicated
is 40’ deep, as
measured from
the Property Line.
X 1	
Permitted 	Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
Footnotes:
• 	The Urban Block building type is permitted on Blocks 12
and 13 only.
• 	The Lei Building type is permitted on Blocks 12 and 13
only.
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not be
used in other locations.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are only permitted on Pensacola
Street.
• 	Gallery and Arcades shall contain retail use.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are only allowed on the
thoroughfares indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Office uses shall be limited to home occupations.
• 	Retail uses shall be limited to corner stores and
neighborhood-serving retail, which must be at block
corners or along Piikoi Street, Pensacola Street, and King
Street only.
• 	Civic uses shall be limited to neighborhood-scaled
functions such as fire stations, meeting rooms, and
churches.
• 	Civic uses shall be on lots no greater than 20,000 square
feet.
X’ Build to Line	400’ Max measured back	Height from parcel line
250’ Max
Height 	Green
Space
100’ Max
Height 	Parking Access
Street
65’ Max
Height
Alternative	45’ Max 	Parking Access	Height 	Street
42	
Block Number
Complete printed PDF page 132
■
■
■
■
-25-
I 	I
I 	I
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.5 	CENTRAL KAKAAKO (CK) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
400'
Urban Block 	100'
"Lei" Building 	100'
Courtyard Building 	55'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	35'
Townhouse 	35'
Flex / Loft 	45'
Industrial Barn 	35'
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
C.
D.
BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line
Setback Side
Setback Rear
BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height
Street Front Element Height Range
Maximum Density (FAR)
N/S - 15'
75% min.
0'
0'
400'
20' - 65'
3.5
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X
Kakaako Frontage 	„
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
Footnotes:
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not be
used in other locations.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are only allowed on the
thoroughfares indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Civic uses shall be limited to neighborhood-scaled functions
such as fire stations, meeting rooms, and churches.
• 	Civic uses shall be on lots no greater than 20,000 square
feet.
• 	All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to the Podium
High Rise building standards.
Figure NZ.5-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line, and Parking Access
10’
15’
10’
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
5’
7’
8’
N/S 
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
N/S
24
25
31
33
34
32
27
29
26
28
30
35 36
37
38
39
Parking Access Street	400’ Max Height 	45’ Max Height 	X’ Build to Line	100’ Max Height Dimension * 	Alternative Parking Access Street
Green Space	250’ Max Height 	65’ Max Height	42	 	Block Number
* N/S : Not Specified. No required Build to Line
Complete printed PDF page 133
nr--
r--
,--
~
~
~
~
~
,--
C
■
■
■
I
I
I
7
11 	I 	I
■
-
J
J
-26-
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.6 	PAUAHI (PA) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
400'
Urban Block 	100'
"Lei" Building 	100'
Courtyard Building 	65'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	Not Allowed
Townhouse 	Not Allowed
Flex / Loft 	45'
Industrial Barn 	30'
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
D. BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height 	400'
Street Front Element Height Range 	40' - 65'
Maximum Density (FAR) 	3.5
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with 	X Not
Exception 	Permitted
Footnotes:
• 	The Industrial Barn building type is permitted on Block 48
only.
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not be
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X
used in other locations.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are allowed only on the thoroughfares
indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are permitted on Ala Moana Boulevard,
Auahi Street, Pohukaina Street, and Halekauwila Street only.
• 	Gallery and Arcades shall contain retail use only.
• 	Where build to lines are greater than 15 feet, a Terrace Front
shall be used.
• 	Maximum height is as indicated and shown in Figure NZ.6-1
with the following allowances:
◊ 	15% of Blocks 53, 54, 44, 57, 58, 59, 60 and 61 can go
up to 400 feet.
◊ 	20% of Block 56 can go up to 400 feet. The white
dotted lines delinate Block 56 boundary.
C. BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line 	N/S - 40'
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line 	60% min.
Setback Side 	0'
Setback Rear 	0'
◊ 	These percentages for maximum height allowances are
in addition to the existing buildings at the time of the
adoption of the Mauka Area Rules.
• 	All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to the Podum
High Rise building standards.
Figure NZ.6-1: Allowed Height, Build To Line, and Parking Access
N/S
15’
40’
5’
5’ 
5’ 
5’
5’
5’
5’
10’
10’

10’

10’ 400’ Max Height Green Space X’ Build to Line Dimension * Parking Access Street 250’ Max Height 100’ Max Height 65’ Max Height 45’ Max Height Alternative Parking Access Street 42 Block Number 41 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 5’ 5’-15’ 15’ 15’ 15’ 15’ 10’

10’ 10’

10’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 40’ 40’ 10’ 10’ 10’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 10’-40’ 10’ 5’ N/S

N/S

N/S N/S N/S N/S 5’ 40’ 15’ A defined % of these blocks may go up to 400’. See Footnotes above. The maximum height of the remainder of these blocks is 250’. A defined % of these blocks may go up to 400’. See Footnotes above. The maximum height of the remainder of these blocks is 100’. 56 5’ 15’ 5’ 5’ 10’ 20’ 15’ 10’-40’ 10’-40’

10’-40’ 10’-40’ 10’-40’ 5’-15’ 5’-15’ -15’

  • N/S : Not Specified. No required Build to Line
Complete printed PDF page 134
■
■
-27-
■
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE NZ.7 	AUAHI (AU) ZONE
A. BUILDING TYPES
Podium High Rise
MAX HEIGHT
400'
Urban Block 	100'
"Lei" Building 	100'
Courtyard Building 	65'
Duplex / Triplex / Quadplex 	Not Allowed
Townhouse 	Not Allowed
Flex / Loft 	45'
Industrial Barn 	35'
Side Yard House 	Not Allowed
Front Yard House 	Not Allowed
D. BUILDING FORM
Maximum Height 	400'
Street Front Element Height Range 	40' - 65'
Maximum Density (FAR) 	3.5
Permitted 	X 1 Permitted with
Exception X Not
Permitted
Footnotes:
B. FRONTAGE TYPES
Lanai & Front Yard 	X
Stoop 	„
Dooryard 	„
Forecourt 	„
Shopfront 	„
Chinatown Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Shopfront 	X ¹
Raised Terrace Front 	X ¹
Terrace Front 	„
Gallery & Arcade 	X ¹
Kakaako Frontage 	X
C. BUILDING PLACEMENT
Front Build To Line 	N/S - 15'
Frontage Occupancy at Build to Line 	75% min.
Setback Side 	0'
Setback Rear 	0'
• 	Raised Frontages are only allowed in Flood Zones to
accommodate necessary flood elevation and shall not be
used in other locations.
• 	Chinatown Shopfronts are allowed only on the thoroughfares
indicated in Figure FT.6.
• 	Gallery and Arcades are permitted on Ala Moana Boulevard
and Auahi Street only.
• 	Gallery and Arcades shall contain retail use only.
• 	Maximum height is as indicated and shown in Figure NZ.7-1
with the following allowances:
◊ 	5% of Block 62 can go up to 400 feet.
◊ 	5% of Block 63 can go up to 400 feet.
◊ 	10% of Block 64 can go up to 400 feet.
◊ 	15% of Block 65 can go up to 400 feet.
◊ 	These percentages for maximum height allowances are
in addition to the existing buildings at the time of the
adoption of the Mauka Area Rules.
• 	All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to the Podum High
Rise building standards.
Figure NZ.7-1: Allowed Height, Build-To Line, and Parking Access
10’
5-10’
15’
10’
8’
N/S
5-10’
15’
10’
10’
10’
10’
10’
5-10’
5-10’
10’
5-10’
N/S
62
63
64
65
* N/S : Not Specified. No required Build to Line
400’ Max
Height
Green Space
X’ Build to Line
Dimension *
Parking Access Street
250’ Max
Height
100’ Max
Height
65’ Max
Height
45’ Max
Height
Alternative Parking Access Street
42	
Block Number
A defined
% of these
blocks may
go up to
400’. See
Footnotes
above. The
maximum
height of the
remainder of
these blocks
is 250’.
A defined
% of these
blocks may
go up to
400’. See
Footnotes
above. The
maximum
height of the
remainder of
these blocks
is 100’.
Complete printed PDF page 135
~
~
I 	I 	I~ 	~
\
-28- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.1
FRONT YARD HOUSE
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 65 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The principal entrance to the principal building shall be
directly from the street, through the front yard.
2. The principal entrance to the accessory dwelling shall
be accessible directly from a frontage line, through the
side yard setback of the principal building or from an
alley.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Garages may accommodate no more than two (2) cars.
3. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
D. Open Space
1. Open Space shall be located behind the principal
building with an area no less than 15% of the lot. Open
space shall maintain a minimum 20 foot dimension on
anyone side.
2. Open space shall be located at grade at the rear or
side of the lot, on patios or decks, a roof garden and/
or balconies.
E. Landscape
1. Where front yards have a 20 foot build to line, one
25-gallon minimum size canopy tree shall be planted
per 40 lineal feet of frontage line or fraction thereof.
2. Trees shall be a single species to match the species of
street trees in the furnishing zone.
3. Four five-gallon shrubs, six one-gallon shrubs and turf
or acceptable native or dry climate ground cover is
required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Lanai and Front Yard,
Stoop and Dooryard.
G. Building Massing for Principal Building
1. Principal buildings shall be composed of one and/or
two stories.
2. Maximum floor plate ratios for the principal building
shall be as follows:
Table BT.1-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story 	2nd Story
1 Story 	100% 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100%
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
Accessory
Dwelling
Unit *
Priincipal
Building
For Illustrative Purposes Only
H. Building Massing for Accessory Dwelling
1. Accessory dwellings located above garages shall
be limited to one story above the garage with a 12’
maximum floor to floor height.
2. Accessory dwellings located at grade shall be limited to
one story with 12’ maximum. floor to floor height.
3. Accessory dwellings shall have a maximum floor area
of 750 square feet.
4. Accessory dwellings shall not exceed 50% of the
principal building’s floor area.
5. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios are as follows:
Table BT.1-2
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story
1 Story 	100%
2 Story (Above Garage) 	100%
* Note: Accessory dwelling units are permitted in Thomas
Square, Sheridan, and Central Kakaako Zones only.
Complete printed PDF page 136
l
=FL......,.il
~
'~ (L
-29- September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.2
SIDE YARD HOUSE
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 65 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The entrance shall be directly from the street, through
the side yard, along the elevation facing the side lot
line.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Garages may accommodate no more than two (2) cars.
3. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
4. If driveway is along the side yard, the driveway should
have a permeable surface, such as pavers.
D. Open Space
1. Open space shall be located along the side yard with an
area of no less than 15% of the lot. The open space
shall maintain a minimum 20 foot dimension and be
enclosed by a wall or hedge of no more than three feet
in height.
E. Landscape
1. One 25-gallon minimum tree shall be planted per 40
lineal feet of side yard lot line or fraction thereof.
2. Four five-gallon size shrubs, six one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Building facades shall have a minimum fenestration of
15% in order to prevent blank walls facing the street.
G. Building Massing
1. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.2-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story 	2nd Story 	3rd Story
1 Story 	100% 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100%
3 Story 	100% 	100% 	100%
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 137
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.3 AXONOMETRIC VIEW
TOWNHOUSE
A. Facade Width
1. Maximum of 26 feet for each Townhouse, except that
the facade of a Townhouse on block corners may be up
to 40 feet.
2. The maximum number of attached Townhouses allowed
is six townhouses per string, except for the Thomas
Square and Central Kakaako zones, which allow up to
10 attached Townhouses per string.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The principal entrance shall be directly accessible from
the street, through the frontage line.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Garages shall accommodate no more than two (2) cars
and be integrated into the back of the Townhouse.
3. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as open
space.
2. The open space shall be located at-grade at the rear or
side of the building, on patios, decks, and/or on a roof
garden.
3. Private patios and balconies are allowed in any yard.
E. Landscape
1. Four five-gallon size shrubs, six one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Stoop, Dooryard, and
Terrace Front.
G. Building Massing
1. In a three-story building, a two-story Townhouse can be
stacked over a separate ground floor dwelling.
2. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.3-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story 	2nd Story 	3rd Story
1 Story 	100% 	- 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100% 	-
3 Story 	100% 	100% 	85%
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 138
September 2011
2976
FIGURE BT.4
DUPLEX, TRIPLEX, QUADPLEX
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 65 feet for a Duplex.
2. Maximum of 100 feet for a Triplex or Quadplex.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The principal entrance shall be directly accessible from
the street, through the frontage line.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Garages shall accommodate no more than two cars
per unit and be integrated into the back of the duplex,
triplex, or quadplex.
3. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
D. Open Space
1. Each ground floor unit shall have at least 150 square
feet of private or semi-private yard space in the rear
yard, side yard, or integrated into the building area
through courtyards and gardens.
2. Units above the ground floor may have access to roof
garden space for passive and active recreation, patios,
decks, and courtyards.
3. Rear yards shall be no less than 15% of the area of
each lot and of a square or rectangular configuration.
E. Landscape
1. Where front yard build to lines are greater than 15 feet,
a minimum of one 25-gallon minimum container size,
two-inch caliper minimum tree shall be planted within
the setback for every 30 feet of frontage line or fraction
thereof. Trees shall be a single species to match the
species of street trees in the furnishing area.
2. Four five-gallon size shrubs, six one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Lanai and Front Yard,
Stoop, Dooryard, Forecourt, and Terrace Front.
G. Building Massing
1. Front facades shall have at least one encroaching
element, such as a lanai or balcony, or a plane break
occupying at least 15% of the facade.
2. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.4-1
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story 	2nd
Story 3rd
Story 4th
Story
1 Story 	100% 	- 	- 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100% 	- 	-
3 Story 	100% 	100% 	85% 	-
4 Story 	100% 	100% 	80% 	75%
Complete printed PDF page 139
September 2.0//7	6
FIGURE BT.5
FLEX - LOFT
A. Facade Width
1. Maximum of 30 feet for each Flex-Loft.
2. The maximum number of attached Flex-Loft buildings
is: ten for Civic Center zone, four for Sheridan zone, 10
for Central Kakaako zone, 10 for Pauahi zone, and 10
for Auahi zone.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The entrance shall be accessible directly from the
street, through the frontage line.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Garages shall accommodate no more than 2 cars per
unit.
3. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as open
space.
2. The open space shall be located at-grade, at the rear or
side of the building, on patios, decks, and/or on a roof
garden.
3. The open space area must be open to the sky.
E. Landscape
1. Landscape shall not obscure front yards on adjacent lots
or the shopfront of the ground floor industrial space.
2. Where there is a 20 foot build to line, one 25-gallon
minimum size canopy tree shall be planted per lineal
feet of frontage line or fraction thereof.
3. Trees shall be a single species to match the species of
street trees in the furnishing area.
4. At least one 25-gallon minimum size canopy tree shall
be provided in the rear yard for shade and privacy.
5. Side yards trees shall be placed a rate of one 25-gallon
minimum size tree per 30 lineal feet or fraction thereof
to protect the privacy of neighbors.
6. Six five-gallon size shrubs, ten one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Stoop, Shopfront,
Chinatown Shopfront, Raised Shopfront (when neces-
sary for flood protection), Terrace Front, Gallery,
Arcade, Dooryard and Kakaako Frontage.
G. Building Massing
1. Facades shall have at least one encroaching element,
such as a lanai, balcony, or plane break occupying at
least 15% of the facade.
2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall provide at
least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet,
and one vertical break of at least two feet.
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
3. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.5-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st
Story 2nd
Story 3rd
Story 4th
Story
1 Story 	100% 	- 	- 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100% 	- 	-
3 Story 	100% 	100% 	85% 	-
4 Story 	100% 	100% 	85% 	85%
Complete printed PDF page 140
September 2011
FIGURE BT.6
INDUSTRIAL BARN
A. Facade Width
1. 	Maximum of 100 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. The entrance shall be accessible from the street,
through the frontage line.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Parking access shall be as per 15-217-63, Parking and
Loading.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the Lot area shall be provided as open
space. For lots between 10,000 and 20,000 square feet,
the minimum open space is proportional to the lot size
and provided in the following table:
Lot Area
(square feet)
Minimum Open Space
(percent of lot area)
15,001-20,000 	10
10,001-15,000 	5
< 10,000 	0
2. The open space shall be located at-grade at the rear or
side of the building and/or on a roof garden.
3. The open space must be open to the sky.
4. Permeably-paved parking areas can count towards the
open space requirement.
E. Landscape
1. Landscape shall not obscure front yards on adjacent
lots or the shopfront of the ground floor industrial space
2. When front yards have a 20 foot build to line, then front
yard trees shall be provided.
3. Trees shall be a single species to match the species of
street trees in the furnishing area.
4. Trees shall be planted at the rate of one 25-gallon
minimum size canopy 25 lineal feet of front yard or
fraction thereof.
5. At least one 25-gallon minimum size canopy tree shall
be provided in the rear yard if present, for shade and
privacy. (Central Kakaako Zone, exempt).
6. Side yard trees shall be placed a rate of one 25-gallon
minimum size tree per 30 lineal feet to protect the
privacy of neighbors. (Central Kakaako Zone, exempt).
7. Six five-gallon size shrubs, ten one-gallon size shrubs
and turf, or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree. (Central
Kakaako Zone, exempt).
8. On-site paving is limited to the driveway, turnaround/
backup area and any required parking spaces.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Shopfront, Chinatown
Shopfront, Raised Shopfront (as necessary for flood
protection), 	Forecourt, 	Gallery, 	Arcade, 	Kakaako
Frontage, and Terrace Front.
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
G. Building Massing
1. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.6-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st Story 	2nd Story
1 Story 	100% 	-
2 Story 	100% 	100%
Complete printed PDF page 141
September 29? (y
FIGURE BT.7
COURTYARD
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 300 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. Ground floor courtyard(s) shall be accessible from the
street, through the frontage line, and through an open
or covered passageway.
2. Raised courtyards shall be accessed through a lobby,
accessed directly from the principal frontage.
3. The principal entrance to each ground floor unit shall be
directly from the frontage line or from a courtyard.
4. Access to units above raised courtyards shall be through
a lobby with direct access to each courtyard. Upper
floor exterior corridors are limited to 25 feet in length.
Longer corridors shall be enclosed.
5. All retail spaces should be accessed from the ground
floor, single-tenant entry along a street, courtyard, or
passageway.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B).
2. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
3. For above-ground garage, parking shall be concealed
from view at the street frontage through a liner of
habitable space; service streets and alleys excluded.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as open
space in the form of one or more courtyards open to the
sky.
2. The courtyard(s) may be located at-grade or on a
podium, or combination thereof.
3. The minimum courtyard dimension shall be 30 feet on
anyone side, not counting any porch, encroachment or
projection provided within the courtyard.
4. Projections and encroachments into the open space are
permitted on all sides, provided that the minimum 30
foot dimension is maintained.
E. Landscape
1. Where there is a 20 foot build to line, one 25-gallon
minimum size canopy tree shall be planted per 20 lineal
feet of frontage line or fraction thereof.
2. Trees shall be a single species to match the species of
street trees in the furnishing area.
3. Side yard trees shall be placed at a rate of one 25-gallon
minimum size canopy tree per 30 lineal feet or fraction
thereof.
4. One field stock specimen tree is required per courtyard
and maybe provided in containers.
5. Six five-gallon size shrubs, 10 one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or adapted ground cover
is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible frontage types are: Stoop, Dooryard,
Forecourt, Shopfront, Chinatown Shopfront, Raised
Shopfront (as necessary for flood protection), Terrace
Front, Gallery, Arcade and Kakaako Frontage.
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
G. Building Massing
1. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.7-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
1st
Story 2nd
Story 3rd
Story 4th
Story 5th
Story
2 Stories 	100% 	100% 	- 	-
3 Stories 	100% 	100% 	65% 	-
4 Stories 	100% 	100% 	55% 	55%
5 Stories 	100% 	100% 	55% 	55% 	40%
Complete printed PDF page 142
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.8
URBAN BLOCK
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 300 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. Entrances to upper floors shall be accessed through
an interior lobby, which is accessed directly from the
street.
2. On Promenade Streets, the principal entrance to each
ground floor space shall be directly from the street
and occur at a maximum interval of 60 feet. On all
other thoroughfares, access to ground floor spaces
may occur at the 60 foot interval or may be provided
through a street level lobby.
3. All retail spaces should be accessed from a ground
floor, single-tenant entry along a street, courtyard or
passageway.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B) for the first two stories.
2. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
3. For above-ground parking garages, parking shall be
concealed from view at the street frontage through
a liner of habitable space for the first two stories of
building height; service streets and alleys excluded.
4. Above-ground garages above two stories shall be
screened from view at the street frontage by landscap-
ing, green screens, cladding, or a liner of habitable
space; service streets and alleys excluded.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as open
space.
2. The open space may be located at-grade, on a podium,
on a roof garden, or a combination thereof.
3. Open space shall have a minimum dimension of 40 feet
on any one side.
4. Encroachments into the open space are permitted
on all sides of the space, provided that the 40 foot
minimum dimension is maintained.
E. Landscape
1. When front yards have a 20 foot build to line, a minimum
of one field stock canopy tree shall be planted per 40
lineal feet of frontage line or fraction thereof. Trees
within the frontage area shall be a single species to
match the species of street trees in the furnishing area.
2. When side yards are present one 25-gallon minimum
size canopy tree shall be planted per 30 lineal feet to
protect privacy of neighbors.
3. Six five-gallon size shrubs, 10 one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Stoop, Dooryard,
Forecourt, Shopfront, Chinatown Shopfront, Raised
Shopfront (as necessary for flood protection), and
Terrace Front, Gallery and Arcade.
G. Building Massing
1. Facades shall have at least one encroaching element
(such as porches or balconies) or a plane break that
occupy at least 10% of the facade.
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
2. Maximum Floor Plate Ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.8-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
2nd +
3rd
4th
Story
5th
Story
6th
Story
7-8
Stories
9+
Stories
2-3 	100% 	- 	- 	- 	- 	-
4-5 	100% 	100% 	75% 	- 	- 	-
6 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio
for 5th story
and above
shall average
65%
- 	-
7 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th
story and above shall
average 60%
-
8 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th
story and above shall
average 58%
-
9 + 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th story and
above shall average 53%
Complete printed PDF page 143
-
1-
r ~- 	-
-36- September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.9
LEI BUILDING
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 300 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. On Promenade Streets, the entrance to each ground
floor space shall be directly from the street and occur at
a maximum interval of 60 feet. On all other thorough-
fares, access to the ground floor spaces may occur at
the 60 foot interval or may be through a street level
lobby.
2. Circulation to all upper floors shall be through an interior
corridor or lobby.
3. All retail spaces should be accessed from a ground
floor, single-tenant entry along a street, courtyard, or
passageway.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B) for the first two stories.
2. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
3. For above-ground garages, parking shall be concealed
from view at street frontages through a liner of habit-
able space on at least three sides of the building;
service streets and alleys excluded. Where exposed
to the street, above-ground garages shall be screened
from view at the street frontage by landscaping,
green screens, or cladding; service streets and alleys
excluded.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as open
space and shall be open to the sky.
2. The open space may be located at-grade, on a podium,
roof garden, or combination thereof.
3. Open space shall have a minimum dimension of 30 feet
on any one side.
4. Projections into the open space are permitted on all
sides of the space, provided that the 30 foot minimum
dimension is maintained.
E. Landscape
1. When front yards have a 20’ build to line, a minimum of
one field stock canopy tree shall be planted per 40 lineal
feet of frontage line or fraction thereof.
2. Front yard trees shall be a single species to match the
species of street trees in the furnishing zone.
3. When side yards are present, one 25-gallon minimum
size canopy tree per 30 lineal feet to protect privacy of
neighbors.
4. Six five-gallon size shrubs, ten one-gallon size shrubs
and turf or acceptable native or dry climate ground
cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Stoop, Dooryard,
Forecourt, Shopfront, Chinatown Shopfront, Raised
Shopfront (as necessary for flood protection), Terrace
Front, Gallery and Arcade.
G. Building Massing
1. Front Facades shall have at least one encroaching
element, such as porches, balconies, or a plane break
that cumulatively occupy at least 10% of the facade.
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
2. Maximum floor plate ratios shall be as follows:
Table BT.9-1
Stories 	Ratio of Each Story Allowed
2nd +
3rd
4th
Story
5th
Story
6th
Story
7-8
Stories
9+
Stories
2-3 	100% 	- 	- 	- 	- 	-
4-5 	100% 	100% 	75% 	- 	- 	-
6 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio
for 5th story
and above
shall average
65%
- 	-
7 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th
story and above shall
average 60%
-
8 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th
story and above shall
average 58%
-
9 + 	100% 	100% 	Max Ratio for 5th story and
above shall average 53%
Complete printed PDF page 144
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE BT.10
PODIUM HIGH RISE
All buildings over 100 feet shall be subject to Podium
High Rise building standards.
A. Lot Width
1. Maximum of 300 feet.
B. Pedestrian Access
1. On Promenade Streets, the entrance to each ground
floor space shall be directly from the street and
occur at a maximum interval of 60 feet. On all
other thoroughfares, access to ground floor podium
spaces may occur at the 60 foot interval or may be
through a street level lobby.
2. Circulation to all spaces above the ground level shall
be through an interior corridor or lobby.
3. All retail spaces should be accessed from a ground
floor, single-tenant entry along a thoroughfare,
courtyard, or passageway.
C. Parking Design and Location
1. Parking shall be located in the Allowed Parking Zone
(Figure 1.10-B) for the first two stories.
2. Parking access shall be as per Section 15-217-63,
Parking and Loading.
3. For above-ground garages, parking shall be
concealed from view at street frontages through a
liner of habitable space on at least three sides of
the building; service streets and alleys excluded.
Where exposed to the street, above-ground garages
shall be screened from view at the street frontage
by landscaping, green screens, or cladding; service
streets and alleys excluded.
4. Parking podium may be detached from the Podium
High Rise building.
D. Open Space
1. At least 15% of the lot area shall be provided as
open space and shall be open to the sky.
2. The open space may be located at-grade, on a
podium, roof garden, or combination thereof.
3. Open space shall have a minimum dimension of 40
feet on anyone side.
4. Projections into the open space are permitted on
all sides of the space, provided that the 40 foot
minimum dimension is maintained.
E. Landscape
1. When front yards have a 20’ build to Line, a
minimum of one field stock canopy tree shall be
planted per 40 lineal feet of frontage line or fraction
thereof.
2. Front yard trees shall be a single species to match
the species of street trees in the furnishing zone.
3. When side yards are present, one 25-gallon
minimum size canopy tree per 30 lineal feet to
protect privacy of neighbors.
4. Six five-gallon size shrubs, 10 one-gallon size
shrubs and turf or acceptable native or dry climate
ground cover is required for every required tree.
F. Frontage
1. Permissible Frontage Types are: Stoop, Dooryard,
Forecourt, Shopfront, Chinatown Shopfront, Raised
Shopfront (as necessary for flood protection),
Terrace Front, Gallery and Arcade.
G. Building Massing
1. See Section 15-217-55(1), View Preservation, for
standards regarding view preservation and tower
placement.
2. At least 65% of one edge of the tower must be flush
with a facade of the building/street front element,
AXONOMETRIC VIEW
View Corridor Street
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
except in the following cases:
A) 	Where the tower is directly adjacent to two View
Corridor streets;
B) 	Where a development lot is bounded by only two
streets; and/or
C) 	Where conformance with view preservation
standards pursuant to Section 15-217-55(1) make this rule
impossible to achieve.
3. Ratio of lot size to tower floor plate size for all podium high
rise buildings shall be:
Table BT.10-1
Lot Size (Actual Development Lot) 	Floor Plate
< 40,000 SF 	8,000 SF
40,000 SF - 80,000 SF 	8,000 SF - 10,000 SF
80,000 SF - 120,000 SF 	10,000 SF - 12,000
SF
120,000 SF - 160,000 SF 	12,000 SF - 16,000
SF
> 160,000 SF 	16,000 SF
Complete printed PDF page 145
FIGURE FT.1
C ROSS S ECTION
LANAI AND FRONTYARD
A. Lanai Dimensions
1. Depth shall be a minimum of 6 feet as measured
from the facade.
2. Width shall be a minimum of 10 feet.
3. Height shall be a minimum of 10 feet and a maximum
eave height of 14 feet from the lanai floor to the
ceiling.
4. The finished floor of the lanai may be at-grade or
raised a maximum of 3 feet.
B. Frontage Elements
1. Fences or walls defining and/or retaining the front
yard shall not exceed 3 feet in height from the
adjacent sidewalk.
P LAN VIEW
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
Lanai
I, 	I,
t I,
" 	" 	"
1111:
•
-38- September 2011
29 7 6
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Lanai
6’ min.
10’ min.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 146
FIGURE FT.2
C ROSS S ECTION
STOOP
A. Stoop Dimensions
1. Depth shall be a minimum of 4 feet as measured
from the facade.
2. Width shall be a minimum of 4 feet.
3. The finished floor of the stoop may be at-grade or
raised a maximum of 3 feet.
B. Frontage Elements
1. Fences or walls defining the stoop shall not exceed
3 feet from the highest adjacent finished grade.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
Stoop
P LAN VIEW
Stoop
4’ min.
4’ min.
September 2011
29 7 6
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 147
I, 	I,
'I 	"
t
-40- September2ofl7 6
FIGURE FT.3 C ROSS S ECTION
DOORYARD
A. Dooryard Dimensions
1. Shall be determined by the setback requirements
for each zone.
B. Frontage Elements
1. Fences or walls defining and/or retaining the
dooryard shall not exceed 3 feet in height from
the adjacent sidewalk.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
P LAN VIEW
Dooryard
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 148
FIGURE FT.4
C ROSS S ECTION
FORECOURT
A. Forecourt Dimensions
1. Depth shall be between 10 feet and 40 feet as
measured from the facade.
2. Width shall be between 20 feet and 40 feet.
3. The finished floor of the forecourt may be raised up
to 3 feet from the sidewalk with a retaining wall at
the frontage line.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
P LAN VIEW
Forecourt
10’-40’
20’-40’
September 2011
29 7 6
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 149
II, 	I,
t I,
'I 	,. 	,.
Ill! •
L ~
-42- 	September 2011
297 6
FIGURE FT.5
C ROSS S ECTION
SHOPFRONT
A. Shopfront Dimensions
1. Height shall be between 12 feet and 25 feet, as
measured from the adjacent sidewalk to the ceiling
of the ground floor.
2. Fenestration shall be a minimum of 65% of the
facade’s first floor wall area.
3. Shopfronts may be recessed from the frontage line
up to 8 feet.
B. Frontage Elements
1. At the facade, awnings shall only cover windows
and doors.
2. The pedestrian zone shall be paved from building
face to curb.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
12’-25’
P LAN VIEW
8’ max.
Shopfront
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 150
September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE FT.6
CHINATOWN SHOPFRONT
A. Chinatown Shopfront Location
The Chinatown Shopfront is permissible along the
following thoroughfares:
1. 	Ahui Street
2. 	Chapin Street
3. 	Cummins Street
4. 	Coral Street
5. 	Curtis Street
6. 	Emily Street
7. 	Halekauwila Street
8. 	Illaniwai Street
9. 	Kamani Street
10. Kawaiahao Street
11. Keawe Street
12. Koula Street
13. Pensacola Street
14. Piikoi Street
15. Pohukaina Street
16. Queen Street
17. Waimanu Street
B. Chinatown Shopfront Dimensions
1. Height shall be between 12 feet to 25 feet, as
measured from the adjacent sidewalk to the ceiling
of the ground floor.
2. Fenestration shall be a minimum of 65% of the
facade’s first floor wall area.
C. Frontage Elements
1. At the facade, awnings shall only cover windows and
doors.
2. Where provided, light fixtures may extend through
the awning.
3. Where provided, signs that hang under the roof or
awning shall be illuminated.
4. The pedestrian zone shall be paved from building
face to curb.
C ROSS S ECTION
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm 	Private
Realm
Furn.
Zone
Ped.
Zone
P LAN VIEW
Chinatown Shopfront
For Illustrative Purposes Only
12’-25’
Complete printed PDF page 151
"
I( 	t .
-44- 	September 2011
29 7 6
FIGURE FT.7
RAISED SHOPFRONT
The Raised Shopfront frontage type shall be used in
established floodplain areas only.
A. Raised Shopfront Dimensions
1. Height shall be between 12 feet to 25 feet, as
measured from the adjacent sidewalk to the ceiling
of the ground floor.
2. Fenestration shall be a minimum of 65% of the
facade’s first floor wall area.
3. Shopfronts may be recessed from the frontage line
up to 10 feet.
B. Frontage Elements
1. A minimum of one approved 25 gallon minimum
container size, two inch caliper minimum tree shall
be planted within the setback for every 30 feet of
frontage line or fraction thereof.
2. Trees shall match the species of street trees on
the public frontage, except that along Ala Moana
Boulevard, when the raised Shopfront frontage
type is used, a row of Rainbow Shower trees shall
be planted as a part of the new development. The
trees shall create a double row at 45 feet on center
spacing with the required Coconut palms that are
planted in the right of way.
3. Awnings are allowed pursuant to Figure 1.13, Build-
ing Placement and Encroachments.
C ROSS S ECTION
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm 	Private
Realm
Furnishing
Zone
Pedestrian
Zone
12’
to
25’
Raised Shopfront
Slope
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 152
FIGURE FT.8
TERRACE FRONT
Where front build to lines are greater than 15 feet, the
Terrace Front frontage type shall be used.
A. Frontage Dimensions
1. Determined by the setback requirements of each
zone.
B. Frontage Elements
1. A minimum of one approved 25 gallon minimum
container size, 2” caliper minimum tree shall be
planted within the setback for every 30 feet of front-
age line or fraction thereof.
2. Trees shall match the species of street trees on
the public frontage, except that along Ala Moana
Boulevard, when the raised Shopfront frontage type
is used, a row of Rainbow Shower trees shall be
planted as a part of the new development. The trees
shall create a double row at 45’ on center spacing
with the required Coconut palms that are planted in
the right of way.
3. Lawns and landscaping shall be permitted within
setback.
4. Fences or walls defining and/or retaining the terrace
shall not exceed three feet in height from the
adjacent sidewalk.
5. The ground may be paved to match the public
sidewalk or special decorative pavement can be
used to delineate the terraced space.
C ROSS S ECTION
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm
	Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Pedestrian
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
September 2011
2976
Complete printed PDF page 153
FIGURE FT.9
RAISED TERRACE FRONT
The Raised Terrace Front type shall be used in
established floodplain areas only.
A. Raised Terrace Front Dimensions
1. Height shall be between 12 to 25 feet, as measured
from the adjacent sidewalk to the ceiling of the
ground floor.
2. Fenestration shall be a minimum of 65% of the
facade’s first floor wall area.
3. Shopfronts may be recessed from the frontage line
up to 10 feet.
B. Frontage Elements
1. Awnings are allowed pursuant to Figure 1.13,
Building Placement and Encroachments.
C ROSS S ECTION
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm	
Private Realm
Furn.
Zone
Pedestrian
Zone
Encroachment
Zone
12’
to
25’
I~ 	~
t
,. 	,.
•II(
-46- September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 154
FIGURE FT.10
GALLERY
The Gallery frontage type shall be used in conjunc-
tion with ground floor retail use only.
A. Gallery Dimensions
1. Height and proportion shall correspond to the
first floor of the facade.
2. The minimum width and height dimension is 12
feet.
3. Soffits, columns/arches should be consistent
with the architecture detailing of the building.
4. Along the principal frontage, there shall be a
minimum of 10 feet between Gallery openings
along the right of way.
5. Along facades within the Gallery, windows and
doors of retail shops shall be at least 10 feet tall
and together shall comprise 65% of the ground
floor wall area facing the street.
6. A setback between 2 feet and 4 feet shall be
provided between the curb and face of the
Gallery (except at curb extensions for intersec-
tion).
C ROSS S ECTION
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Public Realm	
Private
Realm
Furn.
Zone
Pedestrian
Zone
Encr.
Zone
12’
min.
September 2011
2976
12’
min.
2’
to
4’
10’
min.
Complete printed PDF page 155
FIGURE FT.11
ARCADE
The Arcade frontage type shall be used in
conjunction with ground floor retail use only.
A. Arcade Dimensions
1. Height and proportion shall correspond to the
first floor of the facade.
2. The minimum width and height dimension is 12
feet.
3. Soffits, columns and arches should be consistent
with the architecture detailing of the building.
4. Along the principal frontage, there shall be a
minimum of 10 feet between Arcade openings
along the right of way.
5. Along facades within the Arcade, windows and
doors of retail shops shall be at least 10 feet tall
and together shall comprise 65% of the ground
floor wall area facing the street.
6. A setback between 2 and 4 feet shall be provided
between the curb and face of Arcade (except at
curb extensions for intersections).
C ROSS S ECTION
Public Realm	
Private
Realm
Furn.
Zone
Pedestrian
Zone
Encr.
Zone
12’
min.
September 2011
29 7 6
For Illustrative Purposes Only
P LAN VIEW ( ARCADE ROOF NOT SHOWN)
12’
min.
2’
to
4’
10’
min.
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 156
FIGURE FT.12
C ROSS S ECTION
KAKAAKO FRONTAGE
A. Frontage Elements
1. Sidewalks are not required, but property owners
and/or developers may including them.
2. Where possible, the area between the building
and the street shall be paved with gravel or other
pervious materials.
3. Landscaping should be incorporated along the
building edge, in planters or at grade.
4. Parking is permitted in front of the building for
the Kakaako Frontage type.
P LAN VIEW
Public Realm
	Private
Realm
For Illustrative Purposes Only
September 2011
')Q 	7 L
For Illustrative Purposes Only
Complete printed PDF page 157
FIGUREPZ.1 	PEDESTRIANZONETREATMENT,CIVIC CENTER(CC) ZONE
Promenade
overlay 	Service Straet 	Street
2' 1 8' 5' • N / A 	6' 	N / A 2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	fl 	S'
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
Footnote:
l. N/A betweenQueenand King
-50- 	September
297 6
Complete printed PDF page 158
FIGURE PZ.2 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT, KAPIOLANI (KA) ZONE
Promenade Service Street
	Overlay 	Street 	Avenues 	Boulevards
;I 	;!' 	;I 	,, 	-t ;!' -t ;!' -t ;!'	
,, a' 	a' -::r
a' -::r
a' -::r
a 	a 	a 	C: 	a 	a 	a	:, 	C: 	3 	:, 	C: 	3 	:, 	C: 	3 	:, 	C: 	3 	:, 	C: 	3
lit 	IQ 	;;;· lit 	IQ 	;;;· 	lit 	IQ 	;;;· 	lit 	IQ 	;;;· 	lit 	IQ 	;;;·	
-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	-::r 	::r 	::r
'li 	ii' 	;;· 	'li 	'I: 	;;· 	'li 	'I: 	;;· 	'li 	'I: 	;;· 	'li 	:l 	;;·
ii 	IQ 	., 	IQ	
~ 	IQ 	., 	IQ 	.. IQ	
-< 	-< 	-<
2' 	8' 	5' 1 N/A 	6' 	N/A 	2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	8' 	5' 	2 	8 	10
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
Footnote:
1. N/A between Queen and King
-51- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 159
FIGURE PZ.3 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT, THOMAS SQUARE (TS) ZONE
Promenade Street 	Avenues 	Boulevards	
Overlay
a' ~
a ;!'
3 	a'	::, 	:,	
.Ei 	in'	
.:- 	::r 	::r 	.:-
'li 	ii:' 	5· 	'li
ii 	IO
2' 	8' 	5' 1 	2'
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X 	X 	X 	X
X
-i
::r
aC
IO
::r
:l:
"'	-<
6'
;!I a'	:,
	~-	::r 	.:-
5'
\0 	'li
5' 	2'
X
-i
::r
aC
IO
::r
:l:
"'	-<
8'
;!I
3
in'
::r
5·
\0
5'
X
a'	:,
Ii:'
'li
2
-i
::r
aC
IO
::r
:l:
~
8
;!'
3
in'
::r
5'
\0
10
X
Footnote:
1. N/A between Queen and King
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X
-52- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 160
FIGURE PZ.4 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT, SHERIDAN (SH) ZONE
Street 	Avenues
;I 	"Tl 	-l 	"Tl	"Tl
a' =r
a 	a 	C 	a 	C
3 	3	::, 	.ls 	;;;· 	~ 	.ls 	;;;·	
ll 	=r 	a: 	=r 	=r	,0 	:( 	'8 	:( 	~-
" 	~ 	15 	~
2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	8' 	5'
X 	X
X 	X
X 	X
X
X 	X
X 	X
X 	X
X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
Footnote:
1. N/A between Queen and King
-53- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 161
FIGURE PZ.S 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT, CENTRAL KAKAAKO (CK) ZONE
Promenade Service Street 	Street 	Avenues
	Overlay
;I 	.,.. 	;I 	--i 	;I 	.,..
a' 	a' 	~ 	a' :r 	~ 	.,..
a 	C	
a 	a 	a 	a 	C
:, 	Ji 3 	:, 	C 	3
~ C 	3 	:, 	C 	3
6:" 	;;;· 	6:" 	IO 	;;;· 	IO 	;;;· 	6:" IO 	;;;·
:r 	:r 	:r 	:r 	:r 	:r 	:r 	:r	IO 	ii:' 	~- 	IO
~ 	~- 	IO
~ 	s· 	IO 	:le 	s·	111 ii 	111 	111 	IC 	" .. IO	
... 	... 	...
2' 	8' 	5' 	N/A 	6' 	N/A 	2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	8' 	5'
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
Footnote:
1. N/A between Queen and King
-54- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 162
FIGUREPZ.6 	PEDESTRIANZONE TREATMENT,PAUAHI (PA) ZONE
Promenade Service Street
	Overlay 	Street 	Avenues 	Boulevards
--l ;!I 	--l ;!I --l 	"Tl 	--l 	"Tl 	--l 	"Tl
a' ;:,-
a' ;:,-
a' ;:,-
a' ;:,-
a' ;:,-
a 	a 	a 	C:
	a 	C: 	a 	C:
::, 	C: 	3 	::, 	C 	3 	::, 	C: 	3 	::, 	C: 	3 	::, 	C 	3
lit 	IO 	v.· 	lit 	IO 	or 	lit 	IO 	o;· 	lit 	IO 	o;· 	lit 	IO 	o;·	;:,- 	;:,- 	;:,- 	;:,- 	;:,- 	;:,- 	;:,- 	;,. 	;:,- 	;:,-	IO 	iil' 	;;· 	IO 	:E 	-8. IO 	:E 	~- IO 	:E 	.z! IO 	:E 	-8." 	ii 	IO 	,. "' Cl
"' Cl
~
,. 	..	.... 	.... 	....
2' 	8' 	5' 	N/A 	6' 	N/A 	2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	8' 	5' 	2 	8 	10
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
Footnote:
1. N/A between Queen and King
-55- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 163
FIGURE PZ.7 	PEDESTRIAN ZONE TREATMENT, AUAHI (AU) ZONE
Promenade Service Street 	Street 	Avenues 	Boulevanls
	Overlay
-n 	;I 	;!' a' ~ 	;!' 	-n 	~ 	;!' a' ~ 	;!' 	-n 	~ 	;!'
a	a 	a 	a 	a 	a 	a 	a	3 	3 	3 	3 	3	::, 	C 	::, 	C 	::, 	C 	::, 	C 	::, 	C	
,0 	iii" 	,0 	;;;· 	,0 	iii" 	,0 	iii" 	,0 	iii"	
6T 	-::r 	-::r 	6T 	=r 	=r 	6T 	=r 	-::r 	li1 	-::r 	-::r 	6T 	=r 	=r	,0 	,0 	,0 	,0	;:;· 	5· 	5· 	le 	5· 	IC 	le 	5·	Ill 	cl' 	Ill 	Ill 	Ill 	., 	Ill 	.,	IC 	~ 	,0 	~ 	IC 	,0 	IC	
~ 	-< 	-< 	-< 	-<
2' 	8' 5' l N/ A 6' 	N/A 	2' 	6' 	5' 	2' 	8' 	5' 	2 	B 	10
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X 	X
X 	X 	X
-56- 	September 2011
29 7 6
Complete printed PDF page 164

Continua la tua ricerca in ChatGPT o Claude

Collega Omnilex per cercare nel corpus legale dal tuo assistente IA.